Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

neither+old+nor+new

  • 21 ardo

    iz. [from *ardano, cf. B "ardao", L "arno"]
    1.
    a. wine; \ardo apardun sparkling wine; \ardo arin light wine; \ardo beltz red wine; \ardo bizi strong wine; \ardo gorri ros— wine; \ardo gozo sweet wine; \ardo handi Kristau. consecration wine; \ardo latz sharp wine; \ardo lehen grape juice (obtained by letting grapes exude the juice); \ardo\\\ardolehor dry wine; \ardo oparo strong old wine; \ardo urtatu aged wine (used to strengthen new vintage); \ardo zuri white wine; \ardoa ondu to age wine; erreserbako \ardo reserve wine; eskailerapeko \ardo special reserve wine | specially bottled wine; mahaiko \ardo table wine; mezako \ardo Kristau. consegration wine
    b. (esa.) \ardoa bataiatu to water down wine; ez ur eta ez \ardo neither fish nor fowl; \ardoa Nafarroako bikarioa (atsot.) wine is the vicar of Navarre; \ardoak igaro to hit the wine bottle | to get drunk from wine; orain arte ez dugu aita inoiz ardoak igarota.
    2. Zah. ( -ardo b.b.) alcoholic beverage; sagardo cider; garagardo beer

    Euskara Ingelesa hiztegiaren > ardo

  • 22 estalki

    iz.
    1.
    a. ( oro.) cover; ontzi baten \estalkia the cover to a container; mendien elurrezko \estalkia the snow cover of the mountains
    b. lid; ontzi \estalkiduna a vessel with a lid ; \estalkia jaso to lift a lid
    c. covering; \estalki gogor batek babesturik protected by a strong covering
    2. Tek. casing, encasement
    3. ( burusia, manta, tapakia) blanket; harria bururdi eta zerua \estalki zituen he had a rock for a pillow and the sky for a blanket
    a. shelter; harri-\estalki stone shelter; gauerako ez \estalki ez berogarri zuela having neither shelter nor heat for the night
    b. (Etxeg.) shed
    5. Antz. curtain
    6. ( gutunazala) envelope
    7. ( buruari d.) headcover
    8. ( liburuari d.) cover; liburuaren \estalkia polita zen the cover of the book was pretty
    9. ( janzkia) clothes, attire ; ez naiz gogoratzen, goiz hartan nolako \estalkia eraman nuen nire gorputzean I don't recall what clothes I was wearing on that morning; burutik beherako \estalki berri apainez dressed up in elegant new clothes from head to toe
    10. ( teilakia) roof ; etxe zahar daren \estalkia erori zen the roof of that old house fell in
    11.
    a. ( aitzakia) excuse
    b. coverup; gauzak \estalkirik gabe esan to tell it like it is; gezurrak anitz \estalki behar du eta edergarri a lie needs many a coverup and justification

    Euskara Ingelesa hiztegiaren > estalki

  • 23 лад

    I м. разг.
    (согласие, мир) harmony, concord

    жить в ладу́ (с тв.) — live in harmony (with), get on (with)

    ••

    быть не в лада́х (с тв.) — be at variance (with), be at odds (with)

    де́ло идёт на лад разг. — things are going better, things are taking a turn for the better; things are beginning to tick

    де́ло не идёт на лад разг. — things won't get going; things are not going well; things are not moving; we're not making any progress

    II м. муз.

    церко́вный лад — church / ecclesiastical mode

    2) (на грифе гитары и т.п.) stop, fret
    ••

    запе́ть на друго́й лад — sing another tune

    на все лады́ — in every way

    на но́вый лад — in a new way

    на ра́зные лады́ — in different ways

    на свой лад — (in) one's own way, after one's own fashion

    на ста́рый лад — in the old manner

    настро́иться на друго́й лад — play another tune

    ни складу, ни ладу — neither rhyme nor reason

    Новый большой русско-английский словарь > лад

  • 24 more

    1. a от, и I

    to have more patience than … — иметь больше терпения, чем …

    2. a больший

    ten is two more than eight — десять на два больше, чем восемь

    3. a добавочный, дополнительный; ещё

    a very little more — ещё; совсем немного; чуть-чуть

    more importantly — что ещё более важно, более того

    4. adv от I
    5. adv больше, более

    he was more frightened than hurt — он больше испугался, чем ушибся

    you thanked her, which is more than I did — вы поблагодарили её, чего я не сделал

    he got no more than his due — он получил столько, сколько ему положено

    he is no more a professor than I am — он такой же профессор, как я

    more cannot be said — больше нечего сказать ; что ещё можно сказать

    6. adv ещё; опять, снова; в добавок

    what is more — вдобавок; более того

    7. adv сравнит. ст. служит для образования многосложных прилагательных и наречий более

    neither more nor less than … — ни больше ни меньше, как …; не что иное, как …

    the more … the more — чем больше …, тем больше

    the more he has the more he wants — чем больше он имеет, тем большего он хочет

    the more the better — чем больше, тем лучше

    the more the merrier — чем больше, тем веселее;

    she is beautiful but her sister is more so — она красива, но её сестра ещё красивее

    the more so, as … — тем более, что; тем паче, что …

    there was more like a hundred than fifty — там было скорее сто, чем пятьдесят

    what is more, and more — и вдобавок; больше того; что ещё важно ; а кроме того

    more is meant than meets the eye — это не так просто; имеется в виду больше, чем кажется на первый взгляд

    Синонимический ряд:
    1. additional (adj.) added; additional; another; else; extra; farther; fresh; further; new; other
    2. increased (adj.) aggrandized; enhanced; expanded; extended; increased
    3. more (adj.) more; more legion; more multitudinous; more myriad; more numerous; more voluminous
    4. also (other) additionally; along; also; as well; besides; beyond; futhermore; in addition; item; likewise; moreover; still; too; withal; yea; yet
    5. better (other) better
    6. often (other) again and again; many a time; many times; more; more frequently; often; oftentimes (literary)

    English-Russian base dictionary > more

  • 25 GOÐI

    m. heathen priest; chief (in Iceland during the republic).
    * * *
    a, m. [Ulf, renders ἱερεύς by gudja (ufar-gudja, ahumista-gudja, etc.), ἱερατεία by gudjinassus, ἱερατεύειν by gudjinôn; an Icel. gyði, gen. gyðja, would answer better to the Goth. form, but it never occurs, except that the fem. gyðja = goddess and priestess points not to goði, but to a masc. with a suppressed final i, gyði; a word coting occurs in O. H. G. glossaries, prob. meaning the same; and the form guþi twice occurs on Danish-Runic stones in Nura-guþi and Saulva-guþi, explained as goði by P. G. Thorsen, Danske Runem.; (Rafn’s explanation and reading of Nura-guþi qs. norðr á Gauði, is scarcely right): with this exception this word is nowhere recorded till it appears in Icel., where it got a wide historical bearing]:—prop. a priest, sacerdos, and hence a liege-lord or chief of the Icel. Commonwealth.
    A. HISTORICAL REMARKS.—The Norse chiefs who settled in Icel., finding the country uninhabited, solemnly took possession of the land (land-nám, q. v.); and in order to found a community they built a temple, and called themselves by the name of goði or hof-goði, ‘temple-priest;’ and thus the temple became the nucleus of the new community, which was called goðorð, n.:—hence hof-goði, temple-priest, and höfðingi, chief, became synonymous, vide Eb. passim. Many independent goðar and goðorð sprang up all through the country, until about the year 930 the alþingi (q. v.) was erected, where all the petty sovereign chiefs (goðar) entered into a kind of league, and laid the foundation of a general government for the whole island. In 964 A. D. the constitution was finally settled, the number of goðorð being fixed at three in each þing ( shire), and three þing in each of the three other quarters, (but four in the north); thus the number of goðar came to be nominally thirty-nine, really thirty-six, as the four in the north were only reckoned as three, vide Íb. ch. 5. On the introduction of Christianity the goðar lost their priestly character, but kept the name; and the new bishops obtained seats in the Lögrétta (vide biskup). About the year 1004 there were created new goðar (and goðorð), who had to elect judges to the Fifth Court, but they had no seats in the Lögrétta, and since that time the law distinguishes between forn ( old) and ný ( new) goðorð;—in Glúm. ch. 1 the word forn is an anachronism. It is curious that, especially in the 12th century, the goðar used to take the lesser Orders from political reasons, in order to resist the Romish clergy, who claimed the right of forbidding laymen to be lords of churches or to deal with church matters; thus the great chief Jón Loptsson was a sub-deacon; at last, about 1185, the archbishop of Norway forbade the bishops of Icel. to ordain any holder of a goðorð, unless they first gave up the goðorð, fyrir því bjóðum vér biskupum at vígja eigi þá menn er goðorð hafa, D. I. i. 291. In the middle of the 13th century the king of Norway induced the goðar to hand their power over to him, and thus the union with Norway was finally brought about in the year 1262; since that time, by the introduction of new codes (1272 and 1281), the name and dignity of goðar and goðorð disappeared altogether, so that the name begins and ends with the Commonwealth.
    B. DUTIES.—In the alþingi the goðar were invested with the Lögrettu-skipan (q. v.), that is to say, they composed the Lögrétta (the Legislative consisting of forty-eight members—on the irregularity of the number vide Íb. ch. 5), and were the lawgivers of the country; secondly, they had the dómnefna (q. v.), or right of naming the men who were to sit in the courts, vide dómr:—as to their duties in the quarter-parliaments (vár-þing) vide Grág. Þ. Þ. and the Sagas. The authority of the goðar over their liegemen at home was in olden times somewhat patriarchal, vide e. g. the curious passage in Hænsaþ. S. ch. 2; though no section of law relating to this interesting part of the old history is on record, we can glean much information from the Sagas. It is to be borne in mind that the goðar of the Saga time (10th century) and those of the Grágás and Sturlunga time (12th and 13th centuries) were very different; the former were a kind of sovereign chiefs, who of free will entered into a league; the latter had become officials, who for neglecting their duties in parliament might be fined, and even forfeit the goðorð to their liegemen, vide Grág. Þ. Þ. Neither þing (q. v.) nor goðorð was ever strictly geographical (such is the opinion of Konrad Maurer), but changed from time to time; the very word goðorð is defined as ‘power’ (veldi), and was not subject to the payment of tithe, K. Þ. K. 142. The goðorð could be parcelled out by inheritance or by sale; or they might, as was the case in the latter years of the Commonwealth, accumulate in one hand, vide esp. Sturl. passim, and Grág. The liegemen (þingmenn) were fully free to change their lords (ganga í lög með goða, ganga ór lögum); every franklin (þingmaðr) had in parliament to declare his þingfesti, i. e. to name his liegeship, and say to what goði and þing he belonged, and the goði had to acknowledge him; so that a powerful or skilful chief might have liegemen scattered all over the country. But the nomination to the courts and the right of sitting in the legislative body were always bound to the old names, as fixed by the settlement of the year 964; and any one who sought the name or influence of a goði had first (by purchase, inheritance, or otherwise) to become possessor of a share of one of the old traditionary goðorð; see the interesting chapter in Nj. The three goðar in one þing ( shire) were called sam-goða, joint-goðar; for the sense of allsherjar-goði vide p. 17.
    C. NAMES.—Sometimes a chief’s name referred to the god whom he especially worshipped, as Freys-Goði, Hrafn., Gísl., whence Freys-gyðlingar, q. v.; (the ör-goði is dubious); more frequently the name referred to the liegemen or county, e. g. Ljósvetninga-Goði, Tungu-Goði, etc.; but in the Saga time, goði was often added to the name almost as a cognomen, and with some, as Snorri, it became a part of their name (as Cato Censor in Latin); hann varðveitti þá hof, var hann þá kallaðr Snorri Goði, Eb. 42; seg, at sá sendi, er meiri vin var húsfreyjunnar at Fróðá en Goðans at Helgafelli, 332. Names on record in the Sagas:—men living from A. D. 874 to 964, Hallsteinn Goði, Landn., Eb.; Sturla Goði, Landn. 65; Jörundr Goði and Hróarr Tungu-Goði, id.; Ljótólfr Goði, Sd.; Hrafnkell Freys-Goði, Hrafn.; Oddr Tungu-Goði, Landn.; Þormóðr Karnár-Goði, Vd.; Áskell Goði, Rd.; Úlfr Ör-goði, Landn.; Grímkell Goði, Harð. S.; Þorgrímr Freys-goði, Gísl. 100, 110:—964 to 1030, Arnkell Goði, Landn., Eb.; Þorgrímr Goði, Eb.; Geirr Goði, Landn., Nj.; Runólfr Goði, id.; Þóroddr Goði, Kristni S.; Þormóðr Allsherjar-Goði, Landn.; Þorgeirr Goði, or Ljósvetninga-Goði, Nj., Landn.; (Þorkell Krafla) Vatnsdæla-Goði, Vd.; Helgi Hofgarða-Goði, Landn., Eb.; Snorri Hlíðarmanna-Goði, Lv.; Þórarinn Langdæla-Goði, Heiðarv. S.; and last, not least, Snorri Goði:—in the following period goði appears, though very rarely, as an appellative, e. g. Þormóðr Skeiðar-Goði (about 1100):—of the new goðar of 1004, Höskuldr Hvítaness-Goði, Nj.:—used ironically, Ingjaldr Sauðeyja-Goði, Ld.
    2. goðorð mentioned by name,—in the south, Allsherjar-goðorð, Landn. (App.) 336; Dalverja-goðorð, Sturl. ii. 48; Lundarmanna-goðorð, i. 223; Reykhyltinga-goðorð, 104, iii. 166, 169; Bryndæla-goðorð, Kjaln. S. 402: in the north, Ljósvetninga-goðorð, Lv. ch. 30; Möðruvellinga-goðorð, Bs. i. 488; Vatnsdæla-goðorð, Fs. 68; Fljótamanna-goðorð, Sturl. i. 138: in the west, Snorrunga-goðorð, 55; Jöklamanna-goðorð, iii. 166; Rauðmelinga-goðorð, Eb. 288; Reyknesinga-goðorð, Sturl. i. 9, 19; Þórsnesinga-goðorð, 198: the new godords of the Fifth Court, Laufæsinga-goðorð, Nj. 151; Melamanna-goðorð, id., Band., Sturl. i. 227. Passages in the Sagas and Laws referring to goðar and goðorð are very numerous, e. g. Íb. ch. 5, Nj. ch. 98, Grág., Lögréttu-þáttr, and Þ. Þ. passim, esp. ch. 1–5, 17, 35, 37, 39, 44, 58, 60, 61, Lv. ch. 4 (interesting), Vd. ch. 27, 41 (in fine), and 42, Vápn., Hrafn. ch. 2, Eb. ch. 10, 56, Sturl. iii. 98, 104, passim; for the accumulation of godords, see i. 227 (3, 22), Bs. i. 54; for the handing over the godords to the king of Norway, D. I. i; and esp. article 3 of the Sáttmáli, D. I. i. 631, 632. The godords were tithe-free, ef maðr á goðorð, ok þarf eigi þat til tíundar at telja, vald er þat en eigi fé:, K. Þ. K. 142.
    COMPDS: goðakviðr, goðalýrittr, goðaþáttr.
    II. = goð, i. e. good genius, in the Icel. game at dice called goða-tafl, with the formula, heima ræð eg goða minn bæði vel og lengi, … og kasta eg svo fyrir þig, cp. also ást-goði.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GOÐI

  • 26 OK

    I)
    conj.
    1) and; bæði … ok, both … and (bæði er hann vitr ok framgjarn);
    2) in comparison, as, and; sami maðr ok áðr, the same man as before; nú fór Svíum allt á eina leið ok Dönum, it went with the Swedes in the same way as with the Danes; þat er mjök sundrleitt (úlíkt) ok kristnir menn gøra, it differs much from what Christians do;
    3) of an adversative character, and yet, but (hann var særðr mörgum sárum ok engum stórum);
    4) introducing the apodosis, then = þá; esp. in the old laws; ef sá maðr (etc.) …, ok verðr hann útlagr, then he shall pay;
    5) used for the relative particle ‘er’; at höllu hann kom ok átti Íms faðir, which belonged to Im’s father; Geirröðr konungr átti þá son, ok hét Agnarr, who was called A.;
    6) also (hann heyrir ok þat, er gras vex á jörðu).
    * * *
    1.
    copulative conj.; the mod. form is og, which appears in the 15th century MSS., but the word is usually in the MSS. written thus ⁊. The Runic inscriptions mostly have auk, which diphthongal form has in the conj. been changed into ok, but is retained in the adverbial auk = etiam. As neither the stone in Tune nor the Golden horn happens to have the word, we are in the dark as to its earliest Scandinavian form. The particle ok is characteristic of the Scandinavian languages, as distinguished from the Germ. und, Engl. and; although this is more apparent than real, for the identity of ok with the Goth. copulative particle jah and uh. Hel. jac, has been conclusively demonstrated by Grimm, who also makes out an identity between Goth. uh, standing for hu, and Gr. καί, Lat. -que; the metathesis of uh for hu is analogous to Lat. ac = Gr. καί. Grimm farther supports this etymology by comparing the Teutonic compounds ne-hu, Icel. contr. né, with Lat. ne-c = ne-que, which proves the identity of both the suffixed particles, the Lat. c or que and the Teut. uh. The Goth. jah is a compound = jâ-uh = ‘immo-que;’ the Norse ok, too, is prob. a compound particle, the j being dropped, and then jâ-uh contracted into auh = auk; the final guttural h (sounded as χ), instead of being absorbed by the preceding vowel, was hardened into the tenuis k. The negative verbal suffix -a and -að, the nominal suffix -gi, and the copula ok will thus all be derived from one root,—one of the many instances of the Protean transformations of particles, even the negative and positive being interwoven into the same word.
    A. And, a copula between two or more nouns; í upphafi skapaði Guð himinn ok jörð, Edda (pref., Gen. i. 1); ríki ok konungdóm, Fms. i. 23; mikill ok sterkr, Nj. 2; væn kona ok kurteis ok vel at sér, 1; dætr þrjár ok sonu þrá, 30. If the nouns are many the usage may vary:—the nouns may be paired off, eldr ok vatn, járn ok málmr, Edda 36; or the copula is only put to the last, eldr, vatn, járn ok málmr; or, if emphatic, it may be reiterated, eldr ok vatn ok járn ok málmr; or ok may be left out altogether, málmr. steinar, jörðin, viðirnir, sóttirnar, dýrin, fuglarnir, eitrormar, Edda l. c.
    2. bæði ok, bæði er hann vitr ok framgjarn, Nj. 6.
    3. in comparison, as, and, = Lat. ac, atque; með jöfnum skildaga ok Hrólfr Kraki görði, Fb. ii. 137; samr maðr ek áðr, the same man as before, i. 364; hafa með sér sín epli, ok bera saman ok hin, and compare them and the others, Edda 46; hón var þá úlík ok fyrr, Fms. i. 185; þat er mjök sundrleitt ok Kristnir menn göra, it differs much from what Christians do, x. 171; á sömu leið ok fyrr, i. 253; samsumars ok Steingerðr gékk frá Bersa, Korm. 160; jamvandhæfr ok flörbaugsmaðr, Grág. i. 89.
    4. of an adversative character, and yet, but; mörgum sárum ok engum stórum, Fms. x. 370; þetta eru áheyrilig boð, ok újafnlig. Nj. 77; úsællig kona ertú, ok ( but yet) ekki svá at eigi megi sæma við slíkt, Fms. vii. 167.
    5. the particle ok connects together the parts of the sentence; þá mælti Frigg, ok spurði, then spoke Frigg, and asked, Edda 37; at þú bættir ráð þitt, ok bæðir þér konu, thou shouldst mend thy condition, and take thee a wife, Nj. 2:—it is used to mark the progress of a speech or sentence, féllusk Ásum orðtök ok svá hendr, ok sá hverr til annars, ok vóru allir með einum hug til þess er unnit hafði verkit; Loki tók. Mistiltein, ok sleit upp, ok gékk til þings …; Höðr tók Mistiltein, ok skaut at Baldri; Æsir tóku lík Baldrs, ok fluttu til sjávar, Edda 37; sendu þeir Ívar til hans, ok skyldi hann vita, Fms. x. 27.
    II. in the old law (the Grág.) the apodosis or conclusion is headed by ok, then, as in the standing phrase, ok verðr hann útlagr, ok varðar þat … marka útlegð, and he shall pay, i. e. then he shall …; þeir menn er sakir eigu, ok skulu þeir ganga til dóms …, and so in every page of the Grágás.
    III. in some ancient epic poems the ok is as an historical particle put at the head of sentences or verses in a manner which closely resembles the use of the Hebrew ו; the old Ýt. is in this respect remarkable,—ok sikling, I; ok salbjartr, 2; ok sá brann, 3; ok Visburs, ok allvald, 4; ok landherr, 5: ok ek þess opt fregit hafðak, 6; ok allvald, 7; ok þat orð, 8; ok hnakkmars, 10; ok varð hinn, 11; ok Hagbarðs, 12; ok þrálífr … ok sveiðuðs. 13; ok lofsæll, 14; ok Austmarr, ok við aur, ok dáðgjarn, 16; ok ljóshömum, 18; ok ofveg, ok sá frömuðr, 19; ok Ingjald, ok sjá urðr, 20; ok Skæreið, 22; ok nú liggr, 23: ok launsigr, ok buðlung, 24; ok um ráð, ok launsigr, 25; ok niðkvisl, 26; - so used about thirty times in this single poem; in other poems less freq., but yet it occurs, e. g. in the fragments of Vellekla, see also the references given s. v. auk (III).
    IV. the placing the copula before both the parts to be joined is curious; this only occurs in a few instances in old poetry; ok einnar átta, ‘and’ one eight, i. e. one plus eight = nine, Hd. (composed about 986 A. D.); ok hárar hamljót, ‘and hoary scraggy’ = hoary and scraggy, Haustl.; ok Sörli þeir Hamðir, ‘and Sorli Hamdir’ = S. and H., Bragi; ok átta enni-tungl fjögur höfuð, ‘and eight eyes four heads’ i. e. four heads and eight eyes, id.; ok hörga blóthús, Rekst.; ok svá jarlar Óláfar, = jarlar ok svá Óláfar, Sighvat; ok hringa hlínar óþurft mína, the woe of her and myself, Kormak; ok há grasi viði = há grasi ok viði, Gm. 17; ok Elfar Gandvikr miðli, Edda (Ht.) 1.
    V. used as an interjection; þú skalt fara í Kirkjubæ—Ok, hvat skal ek þangat? Nj. 74; ok skaltú enn þora at mæla jöfnum orðum við mik, 656 B. 10: akin to this is the mod. usage in exclamations, wrath, wonder, indignation, og, hvað er nú að tarna! og, hvernig ætli þú látir! og, ekki nema það!
    VI. the following are prob. ellipt.; segðú mér þat …, ok ek vilja vita, tell thou me that, and I wish to know = that which I want to know, Skm. 3; ætlar jarl at höggva þessa menn alla, ok þeir hofðu nú höndum á komit, all those, and (whom) they had got hold of, Fms. xi. 14.
    B. Adverb; older form auk, q. v., [Germ. auch; Old Engl. eke]:—also; þat er ok, at, Grág. i. 36; hér eru ok tignar-klæði, Nj. 6; hann vaknar ok sem aðrir, Fms. xi. 117; svá mun ok, Hom. 142, and in countless instances old and mod., see auk; eigi ok, neither, Fms. x. 324; það er og, so so!
    2.
    n. [Goth. juk; A. S. geoc; Engl. yoke; O. H. G. joh; Germ. joch; cp. Lat. jugum, Gr. ζυγόν; in the Northern languages the j is dropped, ok, Dan. aag]:—a yoke, Fb. ii. 72, Rb. 398, Al. 6, 19, Sks. 136 new Ed.: metaph., ok vóru svá Norðmenn undir því oki, Ó.T. 15; ok-björn, ok-hreinn, poët. = a ‘yoke-bear,’ an ox, Ýt., Lex. Poët.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > OK

  • 27 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 28 غير

    غَيْر \ another: a different one: We’ll go there another time. If this hat does not fit, try another. besides: as well as: I have two brothers besides John.. other: (in comparisons) different: He likes French cigarettes and won’t smoke any other kind. This side is dry; the other side is wet. I can’t do it now; I have other things to do. short of: less than; other than: Nothing short of a new government will save the country. un-: giving an opposite sense: ‘Unlikely’ means ‘not likely’. \ See Also آخر (آخَر)‏ \ غَيْرُ أَجْوَف \ solid: not hollow: without holes: a solid rubber ball. \ See Also صلب (صُلْب)‏ \ غَيْرُ أَكيد \ faint: (of thoughts and feelings) weak; uncertain: I haven’t the faintest idea where she is. uncertain: not certain doubtful; undecided; changeable: I’m uncertain what time he’s coming. Our holiday plans are still uncertain, we haven’t decided where to go. The weather is uncertain - it may rain soon. \ See Also ضعيف (ضَعِيف)، غير مؤكّد \ غَيْرُ أمْلَس \ rough: not smooth: a rough road; a rough surface. \ غَيْرُ آمن \ insecure: not safe; not supported or able to support other things: Be careful of that door - the lock is very insecure. \ غَيْرُ أُمِّيّ \ literate: able to read and write. \ غَيْرَ أنَّ \ but: yet: He came but she did not. I need food but I have no money to buy any. She is thin but strong. only: but: She wanted to buy it, only she had no money. \ غَيْرُ أهل للثّقة \ suspect: not trustworthy; possibly the cause of trouble: a rather suspect character. \ غَيْرُ بالِغ \ immature: not fully formed or developed. \ غَيْرُ بهيج \ dull: (of weather or colour) not clean or bright; cloudy: a dull day; a dull blue. \ غَيْرُ جاهز للعَمَل \ out of training: not in good condition. \ غَيْرُ جَمِيل \ plain: (of people) not good-looking: He was a nice boy, but rather plain and not very clever. \ غَيْرُ جَمِيل \ homely: (of people, faces, etc.) not goodlooking. \ See Also جذاب (جذّاب)‏ \ غَيْرُ حادّ \ dull: (of the senses) not sharp: a dull pain. \ غَيْرُ حَذِر \ unwary: (esp. as a noun with the) careless; not looking out for danger or deceit: ‘Easy’ questions in an exam are often a trap for the unwary (or for unwary people). \ غَيْرُ حقيقي \ unreal: imaginary; not related to facts. \ غَيْرُ دقيق \ rough: not carefully made; not properly finished; not exact: a rough drawing; a rough guess. \ غَيْرُ ذلك \ else: other (together with the first one); besides: Who else came? Did you look anywhere else, or only under the bed?, other (instead of the first one); instead Let’s talk about something else. Peter was ill, so someone else came. If there’s no coffee, what else can I drink?. otherwise: differently: I thought it was true, but they thought otherwise. \ غَيْرُ رَسْمِيّ \ informal: without ceremony or special dress: The prince paid an informal visit to the town. private: not official; not concerning one’s work; concerning one’s home and family: In his private life, the actor is rather quiet, although in the play he is loud and angry. \ غَيْرُ سَارّ \ bad, worse, worst: (of news, weather, etc.) unpleasant. \ غَيْرُ سالِك \ impassable: (of roads) unfit for use; blocked (by snow, mud, etc.). \ غَيْرُ سَكران \ sober: not under the control of alcohol; not drunk: A car driver ought to be sober. \ غَيْرُ سليمة \ broken, break: (of language) incorrectly spoken by a foreigner: broken English. \ غَيْرُ شَرْعِيّ \ illegal: against the law: A crime is an illegal act. illegitimate: (of a child) born to a mother who is not married. \ غَيْرُ شريف \ crooked: dishonest. \ غَيْرُ شَفّاف \ opaque: not allowing light to pass through it: opaque glass. \ غَيْرُ صافٍ \ gross: (of figures or amounts) whole, before subtracting anything; the opposite of net: Your gross pay is the amount before tax is paid. \ غَيْرُ صَالِح للاستعمال \ out of order: not working: I couldn’t ring you up yesterday because our telephone was out of order. \ غَيْرُ صالح للأَكل \ inedible: not fit to eat. \ غَيْرُ صَالِح لِلْعَمَل \ out of action: not working; out of order: This telephone is out of action. \ غَيْرُ صِحّي \ insanitary: so dirty that health is put at risk: an insanitary kitchen. \ غَيْرُ صحيح \ false: wrong; incorrect: a false idea. \ غَيْرُ صَحيح \ unsound: not in good condition, not satisfactory: unsound teeth; an unsound explanation. \ See Also سَليم \ غَيْرُ ضَارّ \ harmless: causing no harm; gentle: A lamb is a harmless creature. Is this insect poison harmless to people?. \ غَيْرُ ضروريّ \ needless: useless; unnecessary (trouble, expense etc.). \ غَيْرُ طاهر \ impure: not pure. \ غَيْرُ طَبيعِيّ \ artificial: adj. (of teeth, light, silk, etc.) not natural; made by man. False: not natural: false teeth. weird: very strange. \ غَيْرُ عَادِيّ \ abnormal: different from what is natural or usual: It is abnormal to have only 3 fingers on one hand. exceptional: unusual: That book is an exeptional one. It was an exceptionally hot summer. peculiar: unusual strange. remarkable: surprising; unusual and worth noticing: a remarkable change; a remarkably goodlooking child. unusual: not usual; strange. \ غَيْرُ عالِم بِـ \ ignorant of: not having heard about (a particular thing): I was ignorant of his plans. \ غَيْرُ عَمَليّ \ theoretical: adj. of theories; not learned from experience; supposed; not proved: I have only a theoretical knowledge of cooking from reading cookery books. \ غَيْرُ فَعّال \ inefficient: not working well; wasting time or power: Old machines are often inefficient. He is an inefficient clerk. \ غَيْرُ قابل للتصديق (غير معقول)‏ \ incredible: too strange to be believed; unbelievable: an incredible story. \ غَيْرُ قادِر \ incapable: not able to do sth.; not having the power or nature to do sth.: flowers are incapable of growing without light. She is incapable of being unkind to people. \ غَيْرُ قادِر على الحركة \ numb: having no feeling: My fingers were numb with cold. \ غَيْرُ قانونيّ \ illegal: against the law: A crime is an illegal act. wrongful: unjust; unlawful: wrongful imprisonment. \ غَيْرُ كافٍ \ insufficient: not enough (in power, ability, etc.): insufficient knowledge; insufficient food. lacking: missing: The bread was enough but the butter was lacking. scanty: (of a supply, of clothing, etc.) very small; not enough: He was too scantily dressed to keep warm. \ غَيْرُ كامِل \ incomplete: not complete; not perfect: This piece of work is incomplete - please finish it. His explanation is incomplete - it doesn’t explain all the facts. \ غَيْرُ كَثِيف \ sparse: thinly scattered: sparse hair; sparse grass. \ غَيْرُ كُفْء \ inefficient: not working well; wasting time or power: Old machines are often inefficient. He is an inefficient clerk. \ غَيْرُ لائق \ beneath sb.’s dignity: unsuitable for sb. to do: It was beneath the teacher’s dignity to sweep the classroom. improper: not proper; unsuitable; not polite: improper behaviour. \ غَيْرُ لَبِق \ awkward: (of manner or movement) showing difficulty; not skilful: He is too awkward on his feet to be a dancer. tactless: showing no understanding or skill in dealing with others: a tactless person; a tactless statement. \ غَيْرُ مُؤَدَّب \ impolite: not polite; rude. \ غَيْرُ مُؤذٍ \ innocent: harmless: innocent amusements. \ غَيْرُ مؤكَّد \ uncertain: not certain; doubtful; undecided; changeable: I’m uncertain what time he’s coming. Our holiday plans are still uncertain, we haven’t decided where to go. The weather is uncertain - it may rain soon. \ غَيْرُ مُؤلم \ painless: causing no pain. \ غَيْرُ مأْلوف \ queer: strange, unusually and not understood: a queer noise. uncouth: lacking good manners; strange in one’s appearance: It is uncouth to push your knife into your mouth when eating. Modern young men don’t condiser it uncouth to wear their hair long. \ غَيْرُ مَأْهول \ desert: (of an island) with nobody living on it. wild: (of plants, creatures, land, etc.) in a natural state, not under the control of man. \ غَيْرُ مُبَاشِر \ indirect: not straight or directly joined to; meaning something which is not directly said: an indirect road; the indirect result of an action; an indirect answer. \ غَيْرُ مُبَالٍ \ indifferent: not caring; not interested: He was quite indifferent to his children’s troubles. \ غَيْرُ مَبْتُوت بأمْرِه \ pending: (of a doubtful matter, esp. in court) not yet settled. \ غَيْرُ مُبْهَم \ definite: certain; clear: a definite promise; a definite plan of action. \ غَيْرُ متأكِّد \ in doubt: uncertain: When in doubt, ask your father. \ غَيْرُ مُتَجَانِس \ odd: mixed; different from each other: a boxful of odd tools; two odd shoes (not a pair). \ غَيْرُ مُتَحَرِّك \ stationary: not moving: a stationary vehicle. \ غَيْرُ مُتَحَفِّظ \ outspoken: (of sb. or his speech) saying just what one thinks, although it may annoy some people. \ غَيْرُ مُتَحَمِّس \ cool: unfriendly; They gave us rather a cool welcome. \ غَيْرُ متحمّس لِـ \ half-hearted: not eager; showing little effort or interest: He made a half-hearted attempt at the work. \ غَيْرُ مُتَرَابِط \ scrappy: made of scraps; incomplete; badly arranged: a scrappy meal; a scrappy report. \ غَيْرُ مُتَّصِل \ intermittent: repeatedly stopping and starting; not continuous: intermittent rain. \ غَيْرُ مُتَّصِل بِـ \ irrelevant: not concerned with, not in any way related to the subject: If you are appointing a good teacher, his height is quite irrelevant. \ غَيْرُ مُتَطَرِّف \ moderate: reasonable (in size or amount; in one’s customs or opinions, etc.); neither too big nor too small; neither too much nor too little: moderate prices; moderate political aims. \ غَيْرُ مُتقَن \ rough: not carefully made; not properly finished; not exact: a rough drawing; a rough guess. \ غَيْرُ مُتْقَن (للشيء أو العمل)‏ \ sloppy: (of a person) lacking effort or spirit; weakly lazy; (of a substance) wet and loose: a sloppy piece of work; a sloppy paste. \ غَيْرُ مُتَكَلّف \ homely: simple and friendly; making one feel at home: This little hotel has a homely feeling. \ غَيْرُ مُتَمدِّن (إنسان)‏ \ savage: old use sb. living in an undeveloped society, seen as fierce and wild and likely to attack strangers. \ غَيْرُ مُتَوَازِن \ top-heavy: so heavy at the top that it is likely to fall over: a top heavy load. \ غَيْرُ مُتَوَافر \ out of stock: not in stock. \ غَيْرُ مُتَوَقَّع \ abrupt: (of movement, change, etc.) sudden and unexpected: an abrupt change of plan. unexpected: not expected; surprising that one did not think would happen: an unexpected present; something quite unexpected. \ غَيْرُ مُجْدٍ \ vain: useless; unsuccessful: a vain attempt. ineffective: not able to produce the desired effect: This medicine is quite ineffective. \ غَيْرُ مُحْتَرِف \ amateur: one who works or plays for pleasure, not for money: an amateur actor. \ غَيْرُ مُحْتَمَل \ improbable: not likely to happen: That is an improbable idea. intolerable: (of heat, annoyance, rudeness, etc.) more than one can bear. \ غَيْرُ مُحَدَّد \ indefinite: adj. not clear; not fixed in time: indefinite ideas; at an indefinite date. \ غَيْرُ مَحْدُود \ infinite: endless; not measurable: I have infinite faith in his abilities. This is infinitely better than that. The infinite space of the sky. whole-hearted: full, unlimited, eager and willing: His plan had their whole-hearted support. \ غَيْرُ مُدْرِك \ unaware: not knowing: I was unaware of all the facts. He was unaware of the danger he was in. \ غَيْرُ مَرْئيّ \ invisible: unable to be seen: The sun remained invisible behind the heavy clouds. unseen: not seen; without being seen: The prisoner escaped unseen. \ غَيْرُ مُرَاعٍ لشُعور الآخرين \ thoughtless: careless; not troubling about the future or about other people: a thoughtless waste of money; thoughtless cruelty. \ غَيْرُ مَرْبُوط \ undone: not done finished; no longer fastened: He left half the work undone. Your shoe has came undone. \ غَيْرُ مَرْبُوط \ loose: not tied; not contained in sth.: The sweets were sold loose, not packed in tins. \ See Also مقيد (مُقيَّد)‏ \ غَيْرُ مُرْتاح \ uneasy: anxious, uncomfortable. \ غَيْرُ مُرَتَّب \ dishevelled: (of a person’s appearance, esp. hair) untidy. \ غَيْرُ مُرَكَّز \ watery: like water; containing too much water: watery milk. weak: (of liquids like tea or coffee) lacking taste or strength, because of too much water or milk. \ غَيْرُ مُريح \ inconvenient: causing difficulty; not what suits one: That is an inconvenient time to visit me. uncomfortable: not comfortable: This chair is very uncomfortable. I’m very uncomfortable in it. \ غَيْرُ مَسْؤُول \ irresponsible: doing foolish things without thinking of the probable results; not trustworthy: It was irresponsible of you to give the child a box of matches to play with. \ غَيْرُ مُسْتَحَبّ \ unpleasant: not pleasing or enjoyable; (of people) wanting to quarrel; unkind: What an unpleasant smell! The heat of summer can be very unpleasant. That man was rather unpleasant to me. \ غَيْرُ مُسْتَخْدَم \ obsolete: no longer used; out of date: an obsolete word; an obsolete custom. \ غَيْرُ مُسْتَعْمَل \ archaic: very old; (esp. of words) no longer used. \ غَيْرُ مُسْتَوٍ \ irregular: not regular; uneven: irregular visits; an irregular shape. rugged: rough and rocky: a rugged coast; rugged cliffs. \ غَيْرُ مُسْرَج \ bareback: (in riding horses, etc.) without a proper leather seat: The boys rode bareback. \ غَيْرُ مُسْكِر (للشَّراب)‏ \ soft: (of drinks) not alcoholic. \ غَيْرُ مَشْرُوع \ foul: (in sport) disobeying the rules: Foul play. The whistle was blown for a foul. \ غَيْرُ مشغول \ free: not busy; not in use: If you’re free this evening, let’s go to the cinema. Is this seat free?. \ غَيْرُ مُصابٍ بِأَذى \ intact: not touched; not damaged or broken; complete: The box was broken but the contents were intact. \ غَيْرُ مَصْقول \ rough: not carefully made; not properly finished; not exact: a rough drawing; a rough guess. coarse: (of people and their manners) rough; rude: a coarse fellow; a coarse laugh. \ غَيْرُ مُصَنَّع \ crude: in its natural state: crude oil. \ غَيْرُ مَصْنُوع \ undone: not done finished; no longer fastened: He left half the work undone. Your shoe has come undone. \ See Also منجز (مُنْجَز)‏ \ غَيْرُ مطبوخ \ raw: uncooked: raw meat. \ غَيْرُ مُطْلَق \ relative: comparative: the relative values of gold and iron. \ غَيْرُ مُعَدّ \ rambling: (of speeches, stories, etc.) not planned; wandering aimlessly: He wrote a long rambling letter about his troubles. \ غَيْرُ مُعَشَّق \ out of gear: with the engine separated from the driving wheels. \ غَيْرُ مُعَقَّد \ simple: plain; not fine or grand: We lead a simple life in the country. \ See Also منمق (مُنَمَّق)، متكلف (مُتَكَلَّف)‏ \ غَيْرُ مَعْقُول \ absurd: not at all sensible; foolish: The singer’s absurd clothes made us laugh. \ غَيْرُ مُغَطّى \ naked: not protected by a cover: naked sword; a naked light (whose flame is therefore dangerous). \ غَيْرُ مُفيد \ useless: worthless; fulfilling no purpose; without effect. \ غَيْرُ مَقْرُوء \ illegible: difficult or impossible to read (because the letters or figures cannot be clearly seen). \ غَيْرُ مُقَيَّد \ open: not limited: The next race is open to children of any age. It’s an open race. \ غَيْرُ مُقَيَّد \ wanton: carelessly uncontrolled;with no good reason; wild or playful, with bad resutls: Wanton behaviour causes wanton damage. \ غَيْرُ مُكْتَرِث \ careless: not taking care: Careless drivers cause accidents. indifferent: not caring; not interested: He was quite indifferent to his children’s troubles. \ غَيْرُ مُكْتَرَث بِه \ perfunctory: done with little interest or care: a perfunctory piece of work. \ غَيْرُ مُلائِم \ adverse: unfavourable: an adverse report; adverse winds that delay sailing. improper: not proper; unsuitable; not polite: improper behaviour. inconvenient: causing difficulty; not what suits one: That is an inconvenient time to visit me. \ غَيْرُ مُمطِر \ dry: not wet; with no rain; with no water: a dry cloth; dry weather; a dry river. \ غَيْرُ ممكِن \ impossible: not possible. \ غَيْرُ مُمَيّز \ indiscriminate: not choosing carefully: He invited people indiscriminately to his party. \ غَيْرُ مناسب \ wrong: not correct; mistaken; unsuitable: That’s the wrong answer, and the wrong way to do it. She came in the wrong clothes for riding. \ See Also ملائم (مُلائِم)‏ \ غَيْرُ مُنْطَبِق على \ irrelevant: not concerned with, not in any way related to the subject: If you are appointing a good teacher, his height is quite irrelevant. \ غَيْرُ مُنَظَّم \ random: not planned, not regular: random visits to the city. \ See Also غَيْر مُخَطَّط \ غَيْرُ مَنْظُور \ unseen: not seen; without being seen: The prisoner escaped unseen. \ غَيْرُ مُهْتَمّ به \ perfunctory: done with little interest or care: a perfunctory piece of work. \ غَيْرُ مُهَذَّب \ impolite: not polite; rude. uncouth: lacking good manners; strange in one’s appearance: It is uncouth to push your knife into your mouth when eating. Modern young men don’t condiser it uncouth to wear their hair long. \ غَيْرُ مَوْثوق \ irresponsible: doing foolish things without thinking of the probable results; not trustworthy: It was irresponsible of you to give the child a box of matches to play with. suspect: not trustworthy; possibly the cause of trouble: a rather suspect character. \ غَيْرُ مُوجِع \ painless: causing no pain. \ غَيْرُ موجُود \ lacking: missing: The bread was enough but the butter was lacking. \ غَيْرُ مَوْصُول بالمُحَرِّك \ out of gear: with the engine separated from the driving wheels. \ غَيْرُ ناضج \ immature: not fully formed or developed. \ غَيْرُ نِظاميّ \ irregular: not regular; uneven: irregular visits; an irregular shape. \ غَيْرُ نَقِيّ \ cloudy: (of liquids) not clear. impure: not pure. \ غَيْرُ واثِق \ uncertain: not certain doubtful; undecided; changeable: I’m uncertain what time he’s coming. \ غَيْرُ واثِق من نفْسه \ insecure: feeling afraid and not sure of oneself: He’s a very insecure person, and so he always thinks other people don’t like him. \ غَيْرُ واضِح \ dull: (of the senses) not sharp: a dull pain. vague: not clearly seen or expressed or understood; (of people) having no clear ideas: She made a vague statement. He’s rather vague about his duties. \ غَيْرُ واقعي \ fictitious: imagined; not a fact; not true: a fictitious character in a book. \ غَيْرُ وِدّي \ icy: (of a voice or manner) very cold; very unfriendly. cold: unfriendly: a cold welcome; a cold heart.

    Arabic-English dictionary > غير

  • 29 cosa

    f.
    1 thing (objeto, idea).
    tengo que decirte una cosa I've got something to tell you
    ¿quieres alguna cosa? is there anything you want?
    cualquier cosa anything
    no es gran cosa it's not important, it's no big deal
    poca cosa nothing much
    Una cosa propia de una joven, A girlish kind of thing
    2 funny remark (ocurrencia).
    ¡qué cosas tienes! you do say some funny things!
    son cosas de mamá that's just the way Mum is, that's just one of Mum's little idiosyncrasies
    pres.subj.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: coser.
    * * *
    1 (gen) thing
    ■ coge tus cosas take your things, take your stuff
    ■ ¿alguna cosa más? anything else?
    2 (asunto) matter, business
    3 (nada) nothing, not anything
    1 familiar (manías) hang-ups
    \
    así están las cosas that's the way things are, that's how things stand
    como cosa tuya as if it were your idea
    como están las cosas as things stand
    como si tal cosa just like that
    cosa de about
    cosa nunca vista something surprising
    cosas de la vida that's life
    decir cuatro cosas to tell a few home truths
    es cosa de... (tiempo) it's time to... 2 (cuestión) it's a matter of...
    lo que son las cosas much to my surprise
    no sea cosa que... in case...
    no ser gran cosa not to be important
    no valer gran cosa not to be worth much
    ser cosa hecha familiar to be no sooner said than done
    ser poquita cosa familiar not to be much, not to amount too much
    cosas de negocios business matters
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) thing, object, stuff
    2) matter, affair
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=objeto) thing

    ¿qué es esa cosa redonda? — what's that round thing?

    no es otra cosa que una bolsa de plástico — it's nothing more than a plastic bag, it's just a plastic bag

    - es cosa fina
    2) [uso indefinido]

    ¿alguna cosa más? — anything else?

    • o cosa así, 20 kilos o cosa así — 20 kilos or thereabouts

    • cualquier cosa — anything

    • gran cosa, el coche no vale gran cosa — the car isn't worth much

    como futbolista no es gran cosa — he's not a great footballer, he's not much of a footballer

    • poca cosa, lo qué recibieron a cambio fue poca cosa — they didn't get much in return, they got very little in return

    jugamos a las cartas, leemos y poca cosa más — we play cards, read and do little else o and that's about it

    • una cosa — something

    ¿me puedes decir una cosa? — can you tell me something?

    una cosa, se me olvidaba preguntarte por el precio — by the way, I forgot to ask you about the price

    en general está muy bien, solo una cosa... — on the whole, it's very good, there's just one thing...

    3) (=asunto)

    ¿has visto cosa igual? — did you ever see the like?

    ¡qué cosa más extraña! — how strange!

    esa es cosa vieja — so what's new?, that's ancient history

    ¡vaya una cosa! — well!, there's a thing!

    • la cosa es que... — the thing is (that)...

    la cosa está en considerar el problema desde otro ángulo — the thing to do o the trick is to consider the problem from another angle

    • no es cosa de broma o risa — it's no laughing matter

    • no sea cosa que — in case

    trae el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva — bring your umbrella in case it rains

    • otra cosa, no se hablaba de otra cosa — people talked about nothing else

    ¿hay otra cosa que pueda hacer? — is there anything else I can do?

    eso es otra cosa — that's another matter o thing (entirely)

    otra cosa es que la ley imponga 40 horas semanales para todos — it's another matter entirely for the law to oblige everyone to work 40 hours a week

    otra cosa sería si... — it would be quite another matter if...

    • cosa rara, y, cosa rara, nadie lo vio — and, oddly o funnily enough, nobody saw it

    como quien no quiere la cosa —

    como si tal cosa —

    le dije que había sido seleccionado para el trabajo y se quedó como si tal cosa — I told him he had got the job and he barely reacted

    4) (=nada)

    jamás he visto cosa semejante — I've never seen anything like it, I've never seen the like of it

    ¡no hay tal cosa! — nothing of the sort!

    5) pl cosas
    a) (=acciones, asuntos)

    ¡son cosas de Juan! — that's Juan all over!, that's just like Juan!

    ¡cosas de niños! — boys will be boys!

    ¡qué cosas dices! — you do say some silly things!

    ¡tienes unas cosas! — the things you say!

    • meterse en cosas de otros — to stick one's nose in other people's business

    b)

    • las cosas — (=situación) things

    así las cosas, se marchó de la reunión — at this point, she left the meeting

    ¡lo que son las cosas! — just imagine!, fancy that!

    6)

    • cosa de — [indicando tiempo] about

    7) ** [droga] hash *
    8) LAm [como conj]

    • cosa que, camina lento, cosa que no te canses — walk slowly so (that) you don't get tired

    no le digas nada, cosa que no se ofenda — don't say anything to him, that way he won't get offended, don't say anything to him in case he gets offended

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( objeto) thing

    ¿alguna otra cosa? or ¿alguna cosa más? — anything else?

    b) (acto, acción) thing

    no puedo hacer otra cosa — there's nothing else I can do o it's the only thing I can do

    entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s)... — what with one thing and another...

    c) ( al hablar)

    qué cosas dices! — really, what a thing to say!

    dime una cosa... — tell me something...

    oye, una cosa... — ( por cierto) by the way...

    d) (detalle, punto)
    e) (asunto, tema) thing

    si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir, avísame — if you can't come for any reason, let me know

    esto no es cosa de broma/risa — this is no joke/no laughing matter

    la cosa es que... — the thing is that...

    2) cosas femenino plural ( pertenencias) things (pl)
    3) (situación, suceso)

    la cosa se pone negra/fea — things are starting to get unpleasant

    ¿cómo te van las cosas? — how are things?

    ¿cómo está la cosa? — ( cómo está la situación) how are things?; ( cómo estás) (Ven) how are you doing?

    lo que son las cosas! — well, well! o fancy that! (colloq)

    en mi vida he visto/oído cosa igual — I've never seen/heard anything like it

    cosa rara en él, se equivocó — he made a mistake, which is unusual for him

    esto es cosa de magia or de brujería — this is witchcraft!

    una cosa es ser bueno y otra ser el mejor — being good is one thing, but being the best is quite another

    4)
    a) (fam) ( ocurrencia)

    tienes cada cosa! — the things you come up (AmE) o (BrE) out with!

    no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía — don't worry, I'll handle it

    6) ( en locs)

    cosa de — (AmS fam) so as to

    cosa que — (AmS fam) so that

    no sea or no vaya a ser cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case; átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away; o cosa así or so; cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time; como quien no quiere la cosa casually; como si tal cosa: no puedes irte como si tal cosa you can't go just like that o as if nothing had happened; le dije que era peligroso y siguió como si tal cosa I told him it was dangerous but he just carried on o he carried on regardless; cosa de... (fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes; es cosa de intentarlo you just have to give it a go; está a cosa de dos kilómetros it's about two kilometers; darle cosa a alguien (fam): me da cosa comer caracoles/ver sangre eating snails/the sight of blood makes me feel funny; me da cosa pedirle tanto dinero I feel awkward asking him for so much money; decirle a alguien un par de or cuatro cosas (fam) to tell somebody a thing or two; no ser gran cosa (fam) to be nothing special (colloq); poca cosa: es muy poca cosa ( en apariencia) he's not much to look at; ( en personalidad) he's not up to much (colloq); queda algo pero poca cosa there's some left but not much; un trabajo así es muy poca cosa para ella a job like that isn't good enough for her; poner las cosas en su lugar or sitio to put o set the record straight; ser cosa hecha (CS) to be a foregone conclusion; ser/parecer otra cosa: esto es otra cosa!, ahora sí se oye this is more like it! you can hear it now; con ese peinado parece otra cosa she looks a new woman with that hairstyle; ¿invitas tú? eso es otra cosa! are you paying? oh well, that's different, then!; las cosas claras — I like to know where I stand

    * * *
    = thing, item, business [businesses, -pl.].
    Ex. A collection of medical books for the general public in a public library may deal with the same range of topics, but the indexing can probably be more broad than in a specialist index, and the terms used for the same thing may be different.
    Ex. Since only twenty or so items can be displayed on the screen at a time, the ↑ (Up), ↓ (Down), Page Up and Page Down keys are used to scroll through the listing.
    Ex. I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.
    ----
    * aclarar las cosas = set + the record straight.
    * acostumbrarse a las cosas = get (back) into + the swings of things, things + grow on + Pronombre.
    * apostarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * arreglar las cosas = put + things right.
    * así son las cosas = that's they way things are.
    * a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.
    * cambiar las cosas desde dentro = change + things from the inside.
    * capaz de hacer cualquier cosa = capable of anything.
    * casi cualquier cosa = just about anything.
    * como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.
    * complicar las cosas = make + things complex, add + salt to the wound, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * conjunto de cosas afines, el = whole schmier, the.
    * correr un velo sobre las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.
    * cosa esencial = essential.
    * cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.
    * cosa indeseable = beast.
    * cosa inútil = dead horse.
    * cosa que se inserta = insert.
    * cosas = stuff, matters, bits and pieces.
    * cosas buenas = goodies [goody, -sing.].
    * cosas + cambiar inesperadamente = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * cosas como = the likes of.
    * cosas de la casa = household chores.
    * cosa secundaria = accidentals.
    * cosas + empeorar = things + get worse, things + get rough.
    * cosas esenciales, las = basic essentials, the.
    * cosas este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.
    * cosas inútiles = deadwood [dead wood].
    * cosas + ir bien = things + go well.
    * cosas + mejorar = things + get better.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.
    * cosas ricas = goodies [goody, -sing.].
    * cosas + salir bien = things + work out.
    * cosas transitorias, las = transient, the.
    * cosa superficial = accidentals.
    * cosa viva = living thing.
    * cualquier cosa = anything.
    * cualquier cosa que no sea = anything but.
    * cualquier otra cosa = anything else, whatever else.
    * dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].
    * dar sentido a las cosas = meaning making.
    * dejar las cosas como están = let + the matter + rest, let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar las cosas tranquilas = let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * economizar en cosas importantes y derrochar en nimiedades = penny wise, pound foolish.
    * el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].
    * empeorar las cosas = make + matters + worse, add + salt to the wound, make + things worse, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * encontrar cosas comunes = find + common ground.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * enmarañar las cosas = muddy + the waters.
    * en otro orden de cosas = on another topic, as for, as regards, meanwhile, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * enredar las cosas = muddy + the waters.
    * entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.
    * ese tipo de cosas = that sort of thing.
    * estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).
    * facilitar las cosas = make + things easier.
    * forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.
    * gran cosa = big deal.
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * haciendo cosas = up and about.
    * jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * la cosa es que = the thing is.
    * la cosa principal = the number one thing.
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.
    * llamar las cosas por su nombre = call + a spade a spade.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.
    * mantener las cosas en marcha = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas en movimiento = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas funcionando = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.
    * mismísima cosa, la = very thing, the.
    * muchas otras cosas = much else.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * ni una cosa ni la otra = in-between, betwixt and between.
    * no conseguir ni una cosa ni otra = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * no pensar en otra cosa que = be wrapped up in.
    * no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.
    * no ser ni una cosa ni otra = fall between + two stools.
    * no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.
    * no + Verbo + otra cosa que = Verbo + nothing else but.
    * ocultar las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.
    * otra cosa = something else.
    * otra cosa que no sea = anything other than.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * poca cosa = small fry, the.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.
    * qué es cada cosa = what is what.
    * qué otra cosa = what else.
    * que se toma las cosas con calma = laid-back.
    * quitarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.
    * recoger las cosas = clear away + the things.
    * recoger las cosas de Uno antes de irse = pack + Posesivo + things.
    * restarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.
    * sacar las cosas de quicio = blow + things (up) out of (all) proportion.
    * sensación de no ser ni una cosa ni la otra = in-betweenness.
    * ser capaz de hacer cualquier cosa por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to.
    * sobre todas las cosas = above all things.
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tomarse las cosas a la ligera = make + light of things.
    * tomarse las cosas con calma = keep + a cool head, play it + cool.
    * una buena cosa = a good thing.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * u otra cosa = or what not [whatnot].
    * ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.
    * ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.
    * ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.
    * y otras cosas = and things.
    * y todo este tipo de cosas = and all this sort of thing.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( objeto) thing

    ¿alguna otra cosa? or ¿alguna cosa más? — anything else?

    b) (acto, acción) thing

    no puedo hacer otra cosa — there's nothing else I can do o it's the only thing I can do

    entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s)... — what with one thing and another...

    c) ( al hablar)

    qué cosas dices! — really, what a thing to say!

    dime una cosa... — tell me something...

    oye, una cosa... — ( por cierto) by the way...

    d) (detalle, punto)
    e) (asunto, tema) thing

    si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir, avísame — if you can't come for any reason, let me know

    esto no es cosa de broma/risa — this is no joke/no laughing matter

    la cosa es que... — the thing is that...

    2) cosas femenino plural ( pertenencias) things (pl)
    3) (situación, suceso)

    la cosa se pone negra/fea — things are starting to get unpleasant

    ¿cómo te van las cosas? — how are things?

    ¿cómo está la cosa? — ( cómo está la situación) how are things?; ( cómo estás) (Ven) how are you doing?

    lo que son las cosas! — well, well! o fancy that! (colloq)

    en mi vida he visto/oído cosa igual — I've never seen/heard anything like it

    cosa rara en él, se equivocó — he made a mistake, which is unusual for him

    esto es cosa de magia or de brujería — this is witchcraft!

    una cosa es ser bueno y otra ser el mejor — being good is one thing, but being the best is quite another

    4)
    a) (fam) ( ocurrencia)

    tienes cada cosa! — the things you come up (AmE) o (BrE) out with!

    no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía — don't worry, I'll handle it

    6) ( en locs)

    cosa de — (AmS fam) so as to

    cosa que — (AmS fam) so that

    no sea or no vaya a ser cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case; átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away; o cosa así or so; cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time; como quien no quiere la cosa casually; como si tal cosa: no puedes irte como si tal cosa you can't go just like that o as if nothing had happened; le dije que era peligroso y siguió como si tal cosa I told him it was dangerous but he just carried on o he carried on regardless; cosa de... (fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes; es cosa de intentarlo you just have to give it a go; está a cosa de dos kilómetros it's about two kilometers; darle cosa a alguien (fam): me da cosa comer caracoles/ver sangre eating snails/the sight of blood makes me feel funny; me da cosa pedirle tanto dinero I feel awkward asking him for so much money; decirle a alguien un par de or cuatro cosas (fam) to tell somebody a thing or two; no ser gran cosa (fam) to be nothing special (colloq); poca cosa: es muy poca cosa ( en apariencia) he's not much to look at; ( en personalidad) he's not up to much (colloq); queda algo pero poca cosa there's some left but not much; un trabajo así es muy poca cosa para ella a job like that isn't good enough for her; poner las cosas en su lugar or sitio to put o set the record straight; ser cosa hecha (CS) to be a foregone conclusion; ser/parecer otra cosa: esto es otra cosa!, ahora sí se oye this is more like it! you can hear it now; con ese peinado parece otra cosa she looks a new woman with that hairstyle; ¿invitas tú? eso es otra cosa! are you paying? oh well, that's different, then!; las cosas claras — I like to know where I stand

    * * *
    = thing, item, business [businesses, -pl.].

    Ex: A collection of medical books for the general public in a public library may deal with the same range of topics, but the indexing can probably be more broad than in a specialist index, and the terms used for the same thing may be different.

    Ex: Since only twenty or so items can be displayed on the screen at a time, the &\#8593; (Up), &\#8595; (Down), Page Up and Page Down keys are used to scroll through the listing.
    Ex: I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.
    * aclarar las cosas = set + the record straight.
    * acostumbrarse a las cosas = get (back) into + the swings of things, things + grow on + Pronombre.
    * apostarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * arreglar las cosas = put + things right.
    * así son las cosas = that's they way things are.
    * a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.
    * cambiar las cosas desde dentro = change + things from the inside.
    * capaz de hacer cualquier cosa = capable of anything.
    * casi cualquier cosa = just about anything.
    * como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.
    * complicar las cosas = make + things complex, add + salt to the wound, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * conjunto de cosas afines, el = whole schmier, the.
    * correr un velo sobre las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.
    * cosa esencial = essential.
    * cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.
    * cosa indeseable = beast.
    * cosa inútil = dead horse.
    * cosa que se inserta = insert.
    * cosas = stuff, matters, bits and pieces.
    * cosas buenas = goodies [goody, -sing.].
    * cosas + cambiar inesperadamente = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * cosas como = the likes of.
    * cosas de la casa = household chores.
    * cosa secundaria = accidentals.
    * cosas + empeorar = things + get worse, things + get rough.
    * cosas esenciales, las = basic essentials, the.
    * cosas este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.
    * cosas inútiles = deadwood [dead wood].
    * cosas + ir bien = things + go well.
    * cosas + mejorar = things + get better.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.
    * cosas ricas = goodies [goody, -sing.].
    * cosas + salir bien = things + work out.
    * cosas transitorias, las = transient, the.
    * cosa superficial = accidentals.
    * cosa viva = living thing.
    * cualquier cosa = anything.
    * cualquier cosa que no sea = anything but.
    * cualquier otra cosa = anything else, whatever else.
    * dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].
    * dar sentido a las cosas = meaning making.
    * dejar las cosas como están = let + the matter + rest, let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar las cosas tranquilas = let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * economizar en cosas importantes y derrochar en nimiedades = penny wise, pound foolish.
    * el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].
    * empeorar las cosas = make + matters + worse, add + salt to the wound, make + things worse, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * encontrar cosas comunes = find + common ground.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * enmarañar las cosas = muddy + the waters.
    * en otro orden de cosas = on another topic, as for, as regards, meanwhile, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * enredar las cosas = muddy + the waters.
    * entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.
    * ese tipo de cosas = that sort of thing.
    * estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).
    * facilitar las cosas = make + things easier.
    * forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.
    * gran cosa = big deal.
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * haciendo cosas = up and about.
    * jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * la cosa es que = the thing is.
    * la cosa principal = the number one thing.
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.
    * llamar las cosas por su nombre = call + a spade a spade.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.
    * mantener las cosas en marcha = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas en movimiento = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas funcionando = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.
    * mismísima cosa, la = very thing, the.
    * muchas otras cosas = much else.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * ni una cosa ni la otra = in-between, betwixt and between.
    * no conseguir ni una cosa ni otra = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * no pensar en otra cosa que = be wrapped up in.
    * no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.
    * no ser ni una cosa ni otra = fall between + two stools.
    * no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.
    * no + Verbo + otra cosa que = Verbo + nothing else but.
    * ocultar las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.
    * otra cosa = something else.
    * otra cosa que no sea = anything other than.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * poca cosa = small fry, the.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.
    * qué es cada cosa = what is what.
    * qué otra cosa = what else.
    * que se toma las cosas con calma = laid-back.
    * quitarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.
    * recoger las cosas = clear away + the things.
    * recoger las cosas de Uno antes de irse = pack + Posesivo + things.
    * restarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.
    * sacar las cosas de quicio = blow + things (up) out of (all) proportion.
    * sensación de no ser ni una cosa ni la otra = in-betweenness.
    * ser capaz de hacer cualquier cosa por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to.
    * sobre todas las cosas = above all things.
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tomarse las cosas a la ligera = make + light of things.
    * tomarse las cosas con calma = keep + a cool head, play it + cool.
    * una buena cosa = a good thing.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * u otra cosa = or what not [whatnot].
    * ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.
    * ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.
    * ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.
    * y otras cosas = and things.
    * y todo este tipo de cosas = and all this sort of thing.

    * * *
    A
    1 objeto
    2 acto, acción
    3 al hablar
    4 detalle, punto
    5 asunto, tema
    Compuestos:
    B
    1 pertenencias
    2 utensilios, equipo
    C situación, suceso
    D
    1 ocurrencia
    2 comportamiento típico
    E incumbencia
    F pene
    G marihuana
    H en locuciones
    A
    1 (objeto) thing
    cualquier cosa anything
    ¿alguna otra cosa? or ¿alguna cosa más? anything else?
    pon cada cosa en su sitio put everything in its place
    te he traído una cosita I've brought you a little something
    ¡pero qué cosa más bonita! ( fam); what a pretty thing!
    queda poca cosa there's hardly anything left
    lo tienen que operar de no sé qué cosa he has to have an operation for something or other, he has to have some sort of operation
    hay muchas cosas que ver there are lots of things to see, there's plenty to see
    2
    (acto, acción): no sé hacer otra cosa it's the only thing I know how to do
    lo siento pero no puedo hacer otra cosa I'm sorry but there's nothing else I can do o it's the only thing I can do
    me gusta hacer las cosas bien I like to do things properly
    no me gusta dejar las cosas a medias I don't like doing things by halves
    entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s) se me pasó el tiempo volando with one thing and another the time just flew by
    me parece la cosa más natural del mundo I think that's absolutely normal o right
    3
    (al hablar): ¡qué cosas dices, hombre! really, what a thing to say! o you do say some strange ( o silly etc) things!
    dime una cosa ¿tú que piensas de todo esto? tell me, what do you make of all this?
    oye, una cosa … ¿qué vas a hacer esta noche? by the way … what are you doing tonight?
    tengo que contarte una cosa there's something I have to tell you
    4
    (detalle, punto): aquí habría que aclarar una cosa importante there's an important point here that I ought to clear up
    aquí hay una cosa que no entiendo there's something here I don't understand
    5 (asunto, tema) thing
    tenía cosas más importantes en que pensar I had more important things to think about
    hay un par de cosas que me gustaría discutir contigo there are a couple of things o matters I'd like to discuss with you
    no creo que la cosa funcione I don't think it's o this is going to work
    está muy preocupada, y la cosa no es para menos she's very worried, and so she should be
    ¡pues sí que tiene gracia la cosa! ( iró fam); well, that's great, isn't it! ( iro colloq)
    no va a ser cosa fácil it's not going to be easy
    en mis tiempos casarse era cosa seria in my day getting married was a serious thing o matter
    se enfada por cualquier cosa he gets angry over the slightest thing
    si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir, avísame if you can't come for any reason, let me know
    por una cosa o por otra, siempre llega tarde for one reason or other he always arrives late
    esto no es cosa de broma/risa this is no joke, this is no laughing matter
    la cosa es que no voy a tener tiempo the thing is that o it's just that I'm not going to have time
    la cosa es que si no llega en cinco minutos me voy look o well, if he's not here in five minutes, I'm going
    Compuestos:
    ( Der) res judicata
    res publica
    1 (pertenencias) things (pl)
    se ha llevado todas sus cosas she's taken all her things o belongings
    2 ( fam) (utensilios, equipo) things (pl) ( colloq)
    las cosas de limpiar the cleaning things
    mis cosas de deporte my sports things o gear ( colloq)
    C
    (situación, suceso): así están las cosas that's how things are o stand
    la cosa se pone negra/fea things are getting o the situation is getting unpleasant
    ¿cómo te van las cosas? how are things?
    ¿cómo está la cosa? ( Ven); how are things?
    las cosas no andan muy bien entre ellos things aren't too good between them
    esas cosas no pasaban antes things like that never used to happen before
    son cosas de la vida that's life!
    ¡lo que son las cosas! well, well! o fancy that! ( colloq)
    son cosas que pasan that's the way things go, these things happen
    además, las cosas como son, conmigo siempre se ha portado bien besides, I have to admit he's always treated me well
    en mi vida he visto/oído cosa igual I've never seen/heard anything like it
    cosa rara en él, se equivocó he made a mistake, which is unusual for him
    ¡qué cosa más extraña! how strange o funny!
    no hay tal cosa it's not true at all
    esto parece cosa de magia or de brujería or ( RPl) de Mandinga this is witchcraft!
    una cosa es que te lo preste y otra muy distinta que te lo regale lending it to you is one thing, but giving it to you is another matter altogether
    D
    1 ( fam)
    (ocurrencia): ¡tienes cada cosa! the things you think of!, the ideas you come up with!
    díselo como si fuera cosa tuya tell him as if it were your idea
    esto es cosa de tu padre this is your father's doing o idea
    ¡qué va a ser peligroso! eso son cosas de ella of course it isn't dangerous! that's just one of her funny notions o ideas
    2
    (comportamiento típico): no te preocupes, son cosas de niños don't worry, children are like that o do things like that
    E
    (incumbencia): no te metas, no es cosa tuya stay out of it, it's none of your business
    no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía don't worry, I'll handle it
    eso es cosa de mujeres that's women's work
    déjalo que se vista como quiera, eso es cosa suya let him wear what he wants, it's up to him o that's his business
    F ( euf) (pene) thing ( euph)
    G ( Col arg) (marihuana) grass
    H
    (en locuciones): cosa de ( AmS fam); to, so as to
    me fui a dormir cosa de olvidarme I went to bed (so as) to forget about it
    cosa que ( AmS fam); so that
    lo anotaré aquí, cosa que no se me olvide I'll jot it down here so (that) I don't forget
    no sea or no vaya a ser cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case it rains
    átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away
    mejor vamos ahora, no sea cosa que nos quedemos sin entradas we'd better go now, we don't want to get there and find there are no tickets left
    igual cosa ( Chi): tuvo un hijo varón, igual cosa su hermana she had a baby boy, and so did her sister o just like her sister
    dos horas/diez toneladas o cosa así two hours/ten tons or so
    cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time
    como quien no quiere la cosa: menciónaselo como quien no quiere la cosa mention it to him casually o in passing, just slip it into the conversation
    como si tal cosa: no puedes irte como si tal cosa you can't go just like that o as if nothing had happened
    le dije que era peligroso y siguió como si tal cosa I told him it was dangerous but he just carried on o he carried on regardless
    cosa de … ( fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes
    es cosa de esperar, nada más it's just a question o a matter of time, that's all
    hace cosa de cuatro años que murió it's about o it's some four years since he died
    no está muy lejos, cosa de dos kilómetros it's not very far, about two kilometers
    cosa fina ( Esp fam): los trenes en este país son cosa fina the trains in this country are really something o are something else ( colloq)
    nos divertimos cosa fina we had a whale of a time ( colloq)
    darle cosa a algn ( fam): me da cosa comer caracoles/ver sangre eating snails/the sight of blood makes me feel funny
    me da cosa pedirle tanto dinero I feel awkward asking him for so much money
    decirle a algn un par de or cuatro cosas ( fam); to tell sb a thing or two
    decir una cosa por otra to say one thing but mean another
    gran cosa ( fam): la comida no fue gran cosa the food was nothing to write home about o nothing special ( colloq)
    su novio/la película no es or vale gran cosa her boyfriend/the movie is no great shakes ( colloq)
    poca cosa: es un niño delgado y poquita cosa he's a thin child, not much to look at
    ella tan brillante y él tan poca cosa she's so brilliant and he's so mediocre, she's so brilliant but he's not up to much o he's pretty run-of-the-mill ( colloq)
    le dejó algo de dinero, pero poca cosa she left him some money, but not a vast amount o not much
    un trabajo así es muy poca cosa para ella a job like that isn't good enough for her
    poner las cosas en su sitio or lugar to put o set the record straight
    ser cosa hecha (CS); to be a foregone conclusion
    ser/parecer otra cosa: ¡esto es otra cosa!, ahora si que se oye bien this is much better! o this is more like it! you can hear it really well now
    con ese nuevo peinado ya parece otra cosa with her new hairstyle she looks a new woman
    ¡eso es otra cosa! si tú invitas sí que voy ah, that's different! o ( colloq) that's another kettle of fish! if you're paying, I will go
    las cosas claras y el chocolate espeso I like to know where I stand
    * * *

     

    Del verbo coser: ( conjugate coser)

    cosa es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    cosa    
    coser
    cosa sustantivo femenino
    1 ( en general) thing;

    ¿alguna otra cosa? anything else?;
    pon cada cosa en su lugar put everything in its place;
    entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s) … what with one thing and another …;
    ¡qué cosas dices! really, what a thing to say!;
    dime una cosa … tell me something …;
    tengo que contarte una cosa there's something I have to tell you;
    fue cosa fácil it was easy;
    se enfada por cualquier cosa he gets angry over the slightest thing;
    si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir if you can't come for any reason;
    por una cosa o por otra for one reason or another;
    esto no es cosa de risa/broma this is no laughing matter/no joke
    2
    ◊ cosas sustantivo femenino plural ( pertenencias) things (pl);

    mis cosas de deporte my sports things
    3 (situación, suceso):
    ◊ así están las cosas that's how things are o stand;

    la cosa se pone fea things are starting to get unpleasant;
    ¿cómo (te) van las cosas? how are things?;
    son cosas de la vida that's life!;
    ¡qué cosa más extraña! how strange o funny!
    4
    a) (fam) ( ocurrencia):

    ◊ ¡tienes cada cosa! the things you come up (AmE) o (BrE) out with!;

    esto es cosa de tu padre this is your father's doing o idea


    son cosas de Ana that's one of Ana's little ways
    5 ( asunto):

    no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía don't worry, I'll handle it
    6 ( en locs)
    ◊ cosa de (AmS fam) so as to;

    cosa de terminarlo so as to finish it;
    cosa que (AmS fam) so that;
    cosa que no me olvide so that I don't forget;
    no sea cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case;
    átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away;
    ser cosa de … (fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes;
    es cosa de intentarlo you just have to give it a go
    coser ( conjugate coser) verbo transitivo
    a) ‹ dobladillo› to sew;

    ‹ botón› to sew on;
    ‹ agujero› to sew (up);

    b) ‹ herida› to stitch

    verbo intransitivo
    to sew
    cosa sustantivo femenino
    1 thing: no hay otra cosa que comer, there's nothing else to eat
    2 (asunto) matter, business: es cosa mía, that's my business
    eso es otra cosa, that's different
    no hay cosa más importante que tu felicidad, there is nothing more important than your happiness
    2 cosas, (asuntos) affairs
    cosas de chiquillos, kids' stuff
    cosas de mayores, grown-up stuff
    ¡cosas de la vida!, that's life!
    3 (ocurrencias) ¡qué cosas tienes!, what a weird idea!
    ♦ Locuciones: el apartamento no es gran cosa, the apartment is not up to much
    lo que son las cosas, would you believe it
    no he visto cosa igual, I've never seen anything like it
    decir cuatro cosas, to tell a few home truths
    ser cosa de, to be a matter of: es cosa de tener paciencia, it's a matter of patience
    (como) cosa de, about: hace (como) cosa de una hora, about an hour ago
    coser verbo transitivo
    1 to sew
    2 Med to stitch up
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar es coser y cantar, it's a piece of cake
    ' cosa' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    absurda
    - absurdo
    - arder
    - bicoca
    - carroña
    - chisme
    - chollo
    - como
    - conformarse
    - consigo
    - cual
    - cualquier
    - cualquiera
    - cuidada
    - cuidado
    - cuya
    - cuyo
    - debilidad
    - dejar
    - él
    - ella
    - esmerada
    - esmerado
    - exquisitez
    - frivolidad
    - indemne
    - la
    - le
    - limitarse
    - mamarrachada
    - más
    - menuda
    - menudo
    - mía
    - mío
    - muchachada
    - nada
    - niñería
    - novedad
    - pedir
    - pegajosa
    - pegajoso
    - pegote
    - pillar
    - plantar
    - preciosidad
    - preguntar
    - presidir
    - prodigio
    - propia
    English:
    absence
    - annoyance
    - anything
    - arrival
    - article
    - attraction
    - available
    - awkward
    - blissful
    - bore
    - brittle
    - bulk
    - certainty
    - clip
    - clumsy
    - come across
    - commonplace
    - compromise
    - confuse
    - connection
    - convenient
    - dead wood
    - deficiency
    - defunct
    - demise
    - discreet
    - disposable
    - ditch
    - drag
    - dream
    - else
    - escape
    - fall off
    - film
    - get back
    - gullible
    - helpful
    - hulk
    - invention
    - joke
    - laugh
    - lemon
    - liable
    - lodge
    - love
    - lust
    - misplaced
    - more
    - necessity
    - need
    * * *
    ♦ nf
    1. [objeto, idea] thing;
    comprar unas cosas en el mercado to buy a few things at the market;
    alguna cosa anything;
    ¿quieres alguna cosa? is there anything you want?;
    ¿quiere usted alguna otra cosa o [m5] alguna cosa más? do you want anything else?;
    cualquier cosa anything;
    venden recuerdos, postales y cosas así they sell souvenirs, postcards and so on o and the like;
    una cosa, ¿podrías venir mañana? by the way, could you come tomorrow?;
    escucha, una cosa, ¿por qué no te quedas esta noche? listen, I've an idea, why don't you stay here tonight?;
    tengo que decirte una cosa I've got something to tell you;
    dime una cosa, ¿qué opinas de ella? tell me (something), what do you think of her?;
    es la cosa más natural del mundo it's the most natural thing in the world, it's completely normal;
    ¡esas cosas no se dicen! you mustn't say things like that!;
    ¡esas cosas no se hacen! it just isn't done!;
    este vino es cosa fina this wine is good stuff;
    ¡habráse visto cosa igual! have you ever seen the like of it!;
    fue una cosa nunca vista it was really out of the ordinary;
    no hay tal cosa on the contrary;
    ¡qué cosa! how strange!;
    ¡qué cosa más o [m5] tan extraña! how strange!;
    no te preocupes, no es gran cosa don't worry, it's not important o it's no big deal;
    este cuadro no vale gran cosa this painting isn't up to much;
    te han dejado poca cosa they haven't left you much, they've hardly left you anything;
    un bocadillo es poca cosa para un chico tan voraz como él a sandwich is very little for a hungry boy like him;
    nos hemos comprado un apartamento, muy poquita cosa we've bought Br a flat o US an apartment, but it's nothing fancy;
    es guapo, pero muy poquita cosa he's good-looking, but he hasn't got much of a body;
    decir cuatro cosas a alguien: cuando lo vea le voy a decir cuatro cosas when I next see him I'm going to give him a piece of my mind;
    llamar a las cosas por su nombre [hablar sin rodeos] to call a spade a spade;
    llamemos a las cosas por su nombre,… let's be honest about it,…
    2. [asunto]
    tengo muchas cosas que hacer I've got a lot (of things) to do;
    entre unas cosas y otras what with one thing and another;
    por unas cosas o por otras, no nos quedó tiempo de escribirte for one reason or another we didn't have time to write to you;
    la cosa es que ahora no quiere firmar el contrato the thing is she doesn't want to sign the contract any more;
    está muy enfadada, y la cosa no es para menos, le han robado el coche she's very angry and with good reason, she's had her car stolen;
    cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time;
    no me preguntes por qué no queda comida, es cosa de los niños don't ask me why there's no food left, ask the children;
    esto es cosa de magia, estoy seguro de que ayer lo dejé aquí this is most strange, I could swear I left it here yesterday;
    no es cosa de risa it's no laughing matter;
    eso de cambiar de trabajo es cosa de pensárselo changing jobs is something you need to think about carefully;
    es cosa de tener paciencia it's a question of being patient;
    no era cosa de presentarse sin avisar you couldn't just turn up without warning;
    con el ambiente de seriedad que había, no era cosa de contar un chiste given the seriousness of the atmosphere, it was neither the time nor the place to tell a joke;
    eso es cosa mía that's my affair o business;
    no te metas en la discusión, que no es cosa tuya you keep out of the argument, it's none of your business;
    eso es cosa fácil that's easy;
    convencerle no será cosa fácil it won't be easy o it'll be no easy task to convince him;
    esto es cosa seria this is a serious matter;
    eso es otra cosa that's another matter;
    ¡eso es otra cosa!, esa camisa te sienta mucho mejor that's more like it, that shirt suits you much better!
    3. [situación]
    las cosas no van muy bien últimamente things haven't been going very well recently;
    …y así es como están las cosas …and that's how things are at the moment;
    ¿cómo van las cosas? how are o how's things?;
    estas cosas no pasarían si fuéramos más cuidadosos these things wouldn't happen if we were more careful;
    Fam
    la cosa se pone fea things are getting ugly, there's trouble brewing;
    Fam
    la cosa está que arde things are reaching boiling point
    Fam
    las cosas de palacio van despacio these things usually take some time;
    4. [ocurrencia] funny remark;
    se le ocurren cosas graciosísimas she comes out with some really funny stuff o remarks;
    ¡qué cosas tienes! you do say some funny things!
    5. [comportamiento]
    son cosas de mamá that's just the way Mum is, that's just one of Mum's little idiosyncrasies;
    no les riñas, son cosas de niños don't tell them off, children are like that;
    tenemos que aceptar su muerte, son cosas de la vida we have to accept her death, it's one of those things (that happen)
    6. [en frases negativas] [nada]
    no hay cosa peor que la hipocresía there's nothing worse than hypocrisy;
    no hay cosa que me reviente más que su falta de interés there's nothing (that) annoys me more than her lack of interest, what annoys me most is her lack of interest
    7. Fam [reparo]
    me da cosa decírselo I'm a bit uneasy about telling him;
    el olor a hospital me da cosa the smell of hospitals makes me feel uneasy
    8. Méx [genitales] packet, Br lunchbox
    9. Comp
    o cosa así: [m5] tendrá treinta años o cosa así he must be thirty or thereabouts;
    (como) cosa de [aproximadamente] about;
    tardará (como) cosa de tres semanas it'll take about three weeks;
    a cosa hecha: se presentó al examen a cosa hecha he took o Br sat the exam convinced he would pass;
    hacer algo como quien no quiere la cosa [disimuladamente] to do sth innocently;
    [sin querer] to do sth almost without realizing it;
    como si tal cosa as if nothing had happened;
    ser cosa de oír/ver: las declaraciones del ganador son cosa de oír the winner's remarks are worth hearing;
    esta exposición es cosa de ver this exhibition is really worth seeing;
    Esp Fam
    cosa mala: me apetece ver esa película cosa mala I'm dying to see that movie o Br film, Br I want to see that film something chronic;
    está lloviendo cosa mala it's pouring down, Br it's chucking it down;
    me gusta cosa mala I fancy the pants off her, Br I fancy her something chronic;
    Fam
    a otra cosa, mariposa that's enough about that, let's change the subject;
    es cosa rara que se equivoque it's very rare for her to make a mistake;
    no ha llegado todavía, cosa rara porque siempre es muy puntual he hasn't arrived yet, which is strange, as he's usually very punctual;
    ni cosa que se le parezca nor anything of the kind;
    no sea cosa que: ten cuidado, no sea cosa que te vayas a caer be careful or you'll fall;
    se lo diré yo, no sea cosa que se vaya a enterar por otra persona I'll tell him because I wouldn't want him to find out from somebody else;
    no ser cosa del otro mundo o [m5] del otro jueves to be nothing special;
    Fam
    las cosas claras y el chocolate espeso stop beating around the bush, tell me things as they are;
    las cosas como son, nunca vas a aprobar ese examen let's face it, you're never going to pass that exam;
    ¡lo que son las cosas! it's a funny old world!;
    ♦ cosas nfpl
    [pertenencias, utensilios] things;
    tras su muerte, metieron sus cosas en un baúl after his death, they put his things o belongings in a trunk;
    ¿dónde guardas las cosas de pescar? where do you keep your fishing things o tackle?
    * * *
    f thing;
    ¿sabes una cosa? do you know something?;
    alguna cosa something;
    ser cosa fina be really something fam, be something else fam ;
    son cosas que pasan these things happen;
    son cosas de la vida that’s life;
    entre otras cosas among other things;
    como si tal cosa as if nothing had happened;
    decir a alguien cuatro cosas give s.o. a piece of one’s mind;
    eso es otra cosa that’s another matter;
    ¿qué pasa? – poca cosa what’s new? – nothing much;
    cosa de about;
    hace cosa de un año about a year ago;
    le dijo que había ganado la lotería como quien no quiere la cosa he told her that he had won the lottery as though it happened to him every day;
    este pintor no es gran cosa he’s not much of a painter;
    no hay tal cosa there’s no such thing;
    ¡qué cosa! that’s odd o strange!;
    lo que son las cosas well, well!, imagine that!;
    cosa rara oddly enough, strangely enough;
    son cosas de Juan that’s typical of Juan, that’s Juan all over
    * * *
    cosa nf
    1) : thing, object
    2) : matter, affair
    3)
    otra cosa : anything else, something else
    * * *
    cosa n
    1. (en general) thing
    2. (algo) something
    ¿quieres comer alguna cosa? do you want something to eat?
    3. (nada) nothing
    4. (asunto) affair / matter
    ¡no te metas en mis cosas! don't interfere in my affairs!
    no ser gran cosa to be nothing much / not to be important

    Spanish-English dictionary > cosa

  • 30 experto

    adj.
    expert, crafty, deft, masterful.
    m.
    1 expert, old hand, ace, adept.
    2 expert witness.
    * * *
    1 expert
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 expert
    * * *
    (f. - experta)
    noun adj.
    * * *
    experto, -a
    1.
    ADJ expert
    2.
    SM / F expert

    se dejó asesorar por un experto — he sought the advice of an expert, he sought expert advice

    experto/a contable — auditor, chartered accountant

    experto/a tributario/a — tax expert

    * * *
    I
    - ta adjetivo

    experto en + inf — very good at -ing

    II
    - ta masculino, femenino expert

    un experto en física nuclear — an authority o an expert in nuclear physics

    * * *
    I
    - ta adjetivo

    experto en + inf — very good at -ing

    II
    - ta masculino, femenino expert

    un experto en física nuclear — an authority o an expert in nuclear physics

    * * *
    experto1
    1 = expert, referee, talent, expert witness, pundit, publication referee, techie, peer reviewer, technie, leading expert, hired gun, scholar.

    Ex: Standard reference works and experts may be consulted.

    Ex: The contributions are input to the data base, then referred and any suggestion made by the referee are communicated through the data base to the editor.
    Ex: The company sponsoring the award wants to find out how much can be done in terms of effective public relations and publicity using only local library talent.
    Ex: Appearing as an expert witness the librarian proved that, between 1943-55, a librarian following standard library practices of the time could have identified and located literature on the subject of the health effects of exposure to asbestos and the means of controlling dust in the mining and milling of asbestos.
    Ex: Neither pundit from the past, nor sage from the schools, neither authorised body nor inspired individual has come forward with a definition acceptable to all practising librarians as theirs and theirs alone, sharply defining them as a group.
    Ex: This does not imply that the abstractor becomes a publication referee, trying to second-guess decisions already made by editors.
    Ex: The article 'CD-ROMs for techies' profiles CD-ROM based tools providing personal computer technical support.
    Ex: All papers undergo blind review by external peer reviewers.
    Ex: The information superhighway is more than just a technies' playground.
    Ex: Each session will be chaired by a leading expert on the topic.
    Ex: Why not get a 'hired gun' who will do the job in the least time and give us the opinion we're looking for?.
    Ex: Under 'American scholar' he found editions published beginning, I believe, in the 1880s.
    * círculo de expertos = network.
    * comité de expertos = professional committee.
    * como un experto = expertly.
    * consultar con otro experto = get + a second opinion.
    * encuentro entre expertos = meeting of (the) minds.
    * evaluación por expertos = peer review, refereeing, peer reviewing.
    * evaluación por expertos abierta = open refereeing.
    * evaluación por expertos anónima = blind refereeing.
    * evaluado por expertos = peer-reviewed, expertly appraised, refereed.
    * evaluar por expertos = referee.
    * evaluar por expertos doblemente = double referee.
    * experto bibliotecario = library expert.
    * experto empresarial = industry observer.
    * experto en = well versed in.
    * experto en conservación = preservationist.
    * experto en desactivación de bombas = detonation expert.
    * experto en desactivación de explosivos = detonation expert.
    * experto en dietética = dietitian [dietician], diet expert.
    * experto en informática = computer expert.
    * experto en la confección de documentos web = text mark-up expert.
    * experto en la materia = subject expert.
    * experto en medicina = medical expert.
    * experto en nutrición = nutritionist.
    * experto en recursos = resource person [resource people -pl.].
    * experto en tecnología = technologist.
    * experto fiscal = fiscal officer.
    * experto jurídico = legal expert.
    * expertos, los = experienced, the.
    * experto técnico = technical expert.
    * grupo de expertos = cadre, brains trust, group of experts, network, think tank.
    * panel de expertos = expert panel.
    * predicciones de expertos = punditry.
    * previsiones de expertos = punditry.
    * procedimiento de evaluación por expertos = refereeing procedure.
    * pronósticos de expertos = punditry.
    * pronunciamientos de expertos = punditry.
    * reunión de expertos = expert meeting [experts' meeting].
    * revista evaluada por expertos = refereed journal, peer-reviewed journal.
    * ser un experto en = be knowledgeable about.
    * ser un experto en la materia = know + Posesivo + stuff.
    * sin ser evaluado por expertos = unrefereed.
    * someter a una evaluación por expertos doble = double referee.
    * toma de contacto entre expertos = meeting of (the) minds.

    experto2
    2 = adept, experienced, master, skilled, trained, seasoned, qualified, virtuoso, expert, deft, technically minded.

    Ex: The machine is indeed quite adept at creating alternate access points and customized sequences.

    Ex: Thus, complex and irrational arrangements can be tolerated, since only relatively experienced staff need to be able to locate items.
    Ex: The plot for 99.9 percent represents about the norm for good master typists.
    Ex: When used by skilled abstractors this mixture of styles can achieve the maximum transmission of information, within a minimum length.
    Ex: The WILSONDISC system appears easier to the trained searcher who can gather a great body of relevant material by using Boolean free text searching.
    Ex: At the same time, seasoned librarians are faced with new learning requirements for computer seaching.
    Ex: The projections of qualified manpower into the year 2000 are bleak for personnel based industries.
    Ex: An enquirer upstaged by a virtuoso parade of knowledge may be unwilling to venture into the limelight again.
    Ex: A situation involving the dangerous or apparently dangerous person (perhaps someone reportedly carrying a gun or knife) requires the librarian to summon expert help.
    Ex: In this live peformance video, Joan Sutherland's coloratura is as deft as ever.
    Ex: The building was without electricity for much of the day as some planned system upgrades were implemented (for the technically minded, some old gubbings were apparently replaced with sleek shiny new ones).
    * conocimiento experto = expertise.
    * enviar a un asesor experto = refer.
    * inexperto = naive [naïve].
    * mecanógrafo experto = master typist.
    * no experto = non-expert [nonexpert].
    * parecido a un sistema experto = expert-type.
    * persona no experta = non-scholar.
    * ser experto en = be skilled at.
    * sistema experto = expert system, knowledge-base system.

    * * *
    experto1 -ta
    [ SER]:
    es experto en casos de divorcio he's an expert on divorce cases
    experto EN + INF very good AT -ING
    es experta en manipular a la gente she's very good at manipulating people, she's an expert when it comes to manipulating people
    es experto en meter la pata ( hum); he's very good at putting his foot in it ( iro)
    experto2 -ta
    masculine, feminine
    expert experto EN algo:
    los expertos en explosivos the explosives experts
    una experta en la materia an authority o an expert on the subject
    mira cómo lo hace, es todo un experto watch how he does it, he's a real expert o he's really good at it
    * * *

     

    experto
    ◊ -ta adjetivo: es experto en casos de divorcio he's an expert on divorce cases;

    experto en hacer algo very good at doing sth
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
    expert
    experto,-a sustantivo masculino y femenino expert [en, at/in]

    ' experto' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    canto
    - como
    - dictamen
    - en
    - experta
    - interpretación
    - preparada
    - preparado
    - profana
    - profano
    - autoridad
    - entendido
    - especialista
    - perito
    English:
    accomplished
    - adept
    - authority
    - connoisseur
    - environmentalist
    - expert
    - master
    - no
    - oats
    - practiced
    - practised
    - pundit
    - purport
    - skilled
    - have
    - profess
    - professional
    - professionally
    - untrained
    * * *
    experto, -a
    ♦ adj
    expert;
    es experta en temas medioambientales she's an expert on environmental matters;
    es experto en hacer diabluras he's an expert at getting up to mischief
    ♦ nm,f
    expert;
    un experto en electrónica an electronics expert;
    un comité o [m5] una comisión de expertos a committee of experts;
    ¿poner pañales? ¡soy todo un experto! changing Br nappies? o US diapers? I'm quite the expert o Br a dab hand!
    * * *
    I adj expert;
    experto en hacer algo expert o very good at doing sth
    II m, experta f expert (en on)
    * * *
    experto, -ta adj & n
    : expert
    * * *
    experto n expert
    un experto en música an expert on music / a music expert

    Spanish-English dictionary > experto

  • 31 GETA

    * * *
    I)
    (get; gat, gátum; getinn), v.
    I. with acc.
    1) to get;
    geta orðstír, to get fame;
    geta sér e-t, to get for oneself (góðs um œðis ef sér geta mætti);
    geta gott af e-m, to get good of one;
    with dat. of the person, geta váluðum vel, to be kind to the poor;
    geta e-m illa, to do harm to one;
    impers., getr e-t, there is (got);
    eigi getr slíkan (there is none such) í konungs herbergjum;
    2) with pp. of another verb, geta veiddan fisk, to be able to catch fish;
    ek get eigi fylgt yðr, I cannot follow you;
    3) almost like an auxil. verb with infin.;
    ek Gunnari gat at unna, I loved G.;
    geta at lita, sjá (to get) to see;
    without ‘at’, er slíkt getr fœða jóð, that shall rear such a child;
    4) to learn (lengi man þat er ungr getr);
    5) to beget, engender (fótr gat son við fœti);
    6) refl., getast at e-u, to like;
    því at mér gezt vel at þér, because I like thee well;
    láta sér getit at e-u, to be pleased with;
    eigi læt ek mér at einu getit, I am not pleased to have always the same, I want some change;
    II. with gen.
    geta gatu, to guess a riddle;
    geta rétt, to guess right;
    geta e-s til, to guess, suppose;
    geta í hug e-m, to guess one’s thoughts;
    2) to speak of, mention, in speech or writing (þess er getit, sem gört er);
    geta um e-t, to speak about (hann gat ekki um þetta fyrir sínum mönnum);
    þess er við getit, at, it is told that.
    f. guess, conjecture (er þat geta mín, at);
    spá er spaks geta, a wiseman’s guess is a prophecy;
    ætla ek eigi þat til getu, at hann sé þar, it is not likely that he is there;
    leiða getum um e-t, to make a guess at.
    * * *
    pret. gat, 2nd pers. gazt, pl. gátu; pres. get; pret. subj. gætí; sup. getið, but getað in the mod. sense of could; part. getinn; reflex. pres. and pret. getsk or gezk, gatsk or gazk, mod. gezst and gazst; with the neg. suff. gátu-ð, Korm. 224, Sighvat; gat-at, Lex. Poët.
    WITH ACC.
    A. [Ulf. begitan = ευρίσκειν; A. S. getan; Engl. get; O. H. G. gezan]:—to get; this use of the word, which is so common in Engl., is dying out in Icel.; it is found in the old poems, esp. in the old Hm.; it is used in law phrases, but is rare in common prose, even in the oldest Sagas; geta þögn, to get silence, a hearing, Höfuðl. 3, Hm. 8; geta orðstír, to get fame; en orðstír deyr aldrigi hveim sér góðan getr, 75; orðstír of gat, Eirekr at þat, Höfuðl.; ey getr kvikr kú, Hm. 69; sjaldan liggjandi úlfr lær um getr, né sofandi maðr sigr, 57; ef hann sylg um getr, 17; né þat máttu … geta hvergi, they could nowhere get it, Hým. 4; gambantein at geta, gambantein ek gat, Skm. 34; hvar gaztú vára aura, Vkv. 12; geta gjaforð, to marry, Alm. 6: geta sér, to get for oneself; hættr er heimis-kviðr nema sér góðan geti, Sdm. 25; sá er sæll er sér um getr lof ok líknstafi, Hm. 8; er sér getr slíkan sefa, Hkm. 19; góðs um æðis, ef sér geta mætti, if he could get it, Hm. 4; geta gjöld, laun e-s, 64, 124, Gm. 3; geta gott af e-m, to get good of one, Hm. 43, 44:—in law, nema hann getí þann kvið, at …, unless he can get that verdict, that …, Grág. i. 17; goðinn seksk ef hann getr engi (acc.) til at nefna féránsdóm, 95; ella skal hverr þeirra geta mann fyrir sik, 26:—in common prose, biðja konu þeirrar er honum væri sómi í, ef hann gæti, Fms. xi. 47; veit ek eigi hvar sú kona sitr er mér sé mikit happ í at geta, Ld. 88: to get, earn, svá at hann megi sér mat geta af sínu fé eðr verkum, Grág. i. 293:—to get, learn, fátt gat ek þegjandi þar, Hm. 104; lengi man þat er ungr getr, an old saying, Ísl. ii. 248; þá skal hann eiga stefnu við fimm lögmenn, þá er hann má helzt geta af (five lawyers of whom he can best learn, i. e. five of the wisest men of law) áðr hann segi hvern þátt upp, Grág. i. 3.
    2. with dat. of the person added, mostly in reference to feeding or entertaining; get þér vel at borði þínu, keep a good table, Sks. 20; get þú váluðum vel, entertain well the poor, Hm. 136; nú er honum vel getið ( he has good cheer) af gnógum mat ok góðum drykk, Str. 7; geta e-m sumbl, to give a feast to one, Ls. 8; geta e-m fótlaug, to get him a foot-bath, Hkv. 2. 37; geta e-m drápu, to entertain one with a poem, Sighvat: the phrase, geta sér (e-m) vel, ílla, to do, cause good or evil to one; ofrmælgi hygg ek at ílla geti hveim er …, a loose tongue will bring evil to any one that …, Vþm. 10; en ef hann forðask minn fund þá mun hann sér ílla geta í því, if he shuns me he will do worse to himself, Orkn. 252 (in a verse).
    II. joined to an infinitive, a participle, or a supine, to get to do (fá, q. v., is used in a similar sense),—hence to be able:
    1. almost like an auxil. verb,
    α. with infin. but without ‘at;’ ek gat’k unna Gunnari, I got to love G., Óg. 21; en sá gat taka við syndum, Sl. 6; ek gat líta, I got to see, beheld, Korm. 14 (in a verse); ek gat blóta, Hallfred (Fs. 94); getum hræra, we do rear, Edda; geta sjá, to get to see, Hkr. i. 205 (in a verse); hann gat teygja at sér, he did draw to himself, Edda 65 (in a verse); geta fæða, to give birth to, Am. 103; ef hann eignask getr, Hm. 78; hveim er eiga getr, Hkv. Hjörv. 9:—with ‘at,’ esp. in the phrase, geta at sjá, líta; þá geta þeir Hákon jarl at líta, earl H. got to see, behold, Fms. xi. 131; þá gátu menn at sjá land fyrir stafu fram, 656 C. 22; Sölvi gat at líta hvar þeir flýðu, Nj. 247; Enok gat at eiga þann son, Stj. 45; gat at heita, Rm. 42.
    β. with part. acc., with a notion of being able, Lat. posse; Gyðingar gátu enga sök sannaða, the Jews could not prove any of their charges, 656 C. 19; því mér lízt svá, sem vér munim þá aldri sótta geta, Nj. 197; ef vér getum Harald Gráfeld af lífi tekinn, Fms. xi. 21; ok geta rétta fylking sína, 131; mikinn fisk ok fagran ok gátu eigi veiddan, iv. 89.
    γ. so also with sup.; gátu þeir ekki at gört, Nj. 115; ok hætta á hvárt ek geta keypt (kaup, v. l.) fyrir yðr. if I can get a bargain for you, 157; Björn gat séð ( beheld) manna-reiðina, 260; ef ek gæta vel fyrir mér séð, 22; sem mest gat hann flutt eptir sér, Ó. H. 85; eigi at heldr gat hann veitt þann íkorna, id.; ef ek get eigi fylgt yðr, Fms. vi. 211.
    2. absol. in old writers geta seems never to occur in the sense of to be able, but only periphrastically as above; but in mod. usage geta has almost displaced the old verb kunna in this sense, e. g. eg get það ekki, I cannot; getr-ðú komið, canst thou come? ef hann hefði getað, if he could have; ekki þurfti, eg gat, I could, and endless other instances.
    III. impers. there is got, there is, cp. Germ. es giebt; eigi getr slíkan ( there is none such) í konungs herbergjum, Fms. vii. 148; þar getr stein (acc.) er asbestos heitir, there is got the stone asbestos, xi. 415; eigi getr vitrara mann, no wiser man is to be got; slíka menn getr varla til vitrleiks, Lv. 54; þar getr reykelsi, Hb, 8.
    IV. reflex., in the phrase, e-m getsk at e-u, one is pleased at a thing, one likes it; því at mér gezk vel at þér, because I like thee well, Fms. i. 66; ok mun mér ekki at getask, nema hann sé sæmilega af höndum leystr, and I shall not be pleased, unless …, Ld. 298; at þú fengir mér konu þá er mér gætisk at, Fms. i. 289; honum gatsk ílla at þessu, Ld. 104; eru þeir nokkurir hér at þér getisk eigi at, Fms. vii. 104; konungr sagði at honum gatsk eigi at þeirri sætt svá búit, ix. 486; haf þökk fyrir, ok getsk mér nú vel at, vi. 372; segir, at henni getsk eigi at þessi ætlan, Finnb. 312; Þorgrímr bað hann til hætta hve honum gætisk at, 336; svá hefir þeim at getisk vápnum Franceisa, so they have tasted thus far the weapons of the French, Karl. 184: with sup., láta sér getið at e-u, to take interest in, be pleased with; eigi læt ek mér at einu getið, ‘tis not my taste to have always the same, I want some change, something new, Grett. 149 new Ed.; lát þér at góðu getið, rejoice in the good, Hm. 129.
    B. To get, beget, engender, used alike of both parents, severally or jointly; fótr gat son við fæti, Vþm. 33: hve sá börn gat, 32; þá ek mög gat, Ls. 35; við systur þinni gaztu slíkan mög, 36; hann gat son er Guðröðr hét, Fms. i. 11; þat barn er þau geta, Grág. i. 178; ef austmaðr getr barn með konu, ef skógarmaðr getr launbarn með konu, 352; svein þann sem hón hafði getið með Abram, Stj. 114; dróttning gat son við Ívari, Fms. vii. 230; sonu marga Öndurdís við Óðni gat, Ht.; þau gátu sér son er Mörðr hét, Nj. 38; fíllinn getr eigi optarr en um sinn, Stj. 70; þegar sem þeir geta burð saman, 97; hann var getinn ( born) austr, Landn. 148; throughout Matth. i. the Icel. text renders begat by gat, cp. Mar. S. 19, Luke i. 35:—to conceive, þú munt verða getandi í kviði, Stj. 409. Judges xiii. 5; fyrir sinn erfingja getinn ok ógetinn, Grág. ii. 170; þú munt son geta ok fæða, Mar. 18; gefr hann son at geta þann er hon fæðir síðan, Mar.: reflex. to be engendered, þaðan getsk löngunin, 656 B. 7: to be born, Mar. 19.
    WITH GEN., of the same form throughout, though different in construction and sense.
    A. [Engl. guess (from the Scandin.?); Swed. gissa; Dan. gjætte; not in Germ. nor Saxon]:—to guess; geta gátu, to guess a riddle, Fas. i. 465; in the saying, opt verðr villr sá er geta skal, Fb. iii. 384; hvárt getr þú þessa, eðr veiztú með sannindum, Fms. ii. 260; ef þik hefði svá dreymt sem áðr gat ek, xi. 7; ok gat þess til, at þú mundir, Nj. 90; þess munda ek geta, at …, Lv. 104; þá fór sem hann gat, at …, Fms. xi. 22; ek get verit munu hafa Gunnar á Hlíðarenda, Nj. 35; sendimenn sögðu at hann gat rétt, Eg. 541; ef ek skal geta til, þá ætla ek …, Nj. 134; eptir því sem Halldórr gat til, Ld. 324; sem Ólafr konungr gat til, Fms. vii. 104, x. 354; get þú til (guess!) segir Stúfr, rétt getr þú ( thou guessest right) segir Stúfr, vi. 390; gat síns hverr til hvat skipum vera mundi, viii. 213; nú geta menn þess til at Gísli muni druknaðr vera, Gísl. 46, (tilgáta); þá get ek at á sína hönd mér setisk hvárr þeirra, Ld. 324: so in the phrase, geta til launanna í knefa e-m, to guess for the reward into another’s nieve ( closed hand), Sturl. iii. 151; geta í kollinn, to guess, guess right, passim.
    2. to think, mean, almost like the American I guess; ekki get ek at hón sálug sé mjök djarftæk, I guess that she, poor thing, will …, Stj. 422; ek get hann eigi þessa eina hjálp okkr veita, 423, passim: recipr. getask, proncd. getrast.
    B. [Found neither in Engl., Saxon, nor Germ.; lost in mod. Swed. and Dan.]:—to speak of, mention; þess er getið sem gört er, Grett.; gettu eigi vafurleysu þeirrar, Band. 28; öngra manna gat Kári jafnopt sem Njáls, Nj. 211; konungr þagnar hvert sinn er Þórólfs er getið, Eg. 54; þá þarf þess eigi at geta ef sættask skal, Fms. iv. 130; so also, geta um e-t, to speak about; Guanarr reið heim ok gat fyrir öngum manni um, Nj. 82; ok gátu fyrir henni um bónorðit, Fms. xi. 22; ok er ekki getið um ferð þeirra fyrr en þeir kómu til hirðar Rögnvalds jarls, iv. 130.
    2. to tell of (in records etc.); þess getr Glúmr Geirason í Gráfeldar drápu, Fms. i. 25, 30, 38, 50, 55, 65, 91, iv. 62, 63, passim; en í annarri sögu er þess getið, at …, xi. 14; enn getr Einarr hversu Hákon jarl hefndi föður síns, i. 56; sem síðarr mun getið verða, as will be told later (i. e. below), 230; sem fyrr var getið, as is told above, v. 24: impers., e-s getr, it is told, recorded (in books, poems); þess getr í Hrunhendu, at …, opt skal góðs geta, a saying, the good shall be often spoken of, Hm. 102.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GETA

  • 32 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 33 TAKA

    * * *
    I)
    (tek; tók, tókum; tekinn), v.
    1) to take, catch, seize (tóku þeir laxinn ok otrinn ok báru með sér);
    G. tók inni vinstri hendi spjótit á lopti, G. caught the spear with his left hand;
    man hón taka fé okkart allt með ráni, she will take all our goods by force;
    taka e-n höndum, to seize one, take captive;
    tökum vápn vár, let us take to our weapons;
    2) fig., taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian;
    taka skírn, to be baptized;
    taka hvíld, to take a rest;
    taka flótta, to take to flight;
    taka rœðu, umrœðu, to begin a parley;
    taka ráð, to take a counsel (= taka til ráðs);
    taka e-n orðum, to address one;
    taka sættir or sættum, to accept terms;
    taka þenna kost, to take this choice;
    taka stefnu, to fix a meeting;
    taka boði, to accept an offer;
    taka sótt, to be taken ill;
    taka úgleði, to get out of spirits;
    taka konung, to take, elect a king;
    taka konu, to take a wife;
    taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways;
    taka e-n or e-m vel, to receive one well;
    taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly;
    taka upp höndum, to raise the hands;
    3) to reach, stretch forth, touch;
    fremri hyrnan tók viðbeinit, the upper horn caught the collar bone;
    því at ek tek eigi heim í kveld, for I shall not reach home to-night;
    hárit tók ofan á belti, the hair came down to her waist;
    4) to reach and take harbour (þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu);
    5) to take, hold, of a vessel (ketill, er tók tvær tunnur);
    6) to be equivalent to, be worth (hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend);
    7) with infin., to begin (hann tók at yrkja, þegar er hann var ungr);
    nú taka öll húsin at lóga, now the whole house began to blaze;
    impers., þá tók at lægja veðrit, then the wind began to fall;
    8) to touch, regard, concern (þat allt, sem leikmenn tekr);
    9) to catch (up), come up with (hann var allra manna fóthvatastr, svá at engi hestr tók hann á rás);
    10) to start, rush (Eirikr tók út or stofunni, en konungr bað menn hlaupa eptir honum);
    taka á rás, taka frá, to take to running, run away (svá illt sem nú er frá at taka, þá mun þó síðarr verra);
    11) impers. it is taken;
    þá tók af veðrit (acc.) then the storm abated;
    kom á fótinn, svá at af tók, the stroke came on his leg, so that it was cut off;
    sýnina tekr frá e-m, one becomes blind;
    tók út skip Þangbrands, Th.’s ship drifted out;
    um várit er sumarhita tók, when the summer heat set in;
    12) with preps, and advs., taka e-n af lífi, lífdögum, taka e-n af, to take one’s life, put to death;
    taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive one of his title and power;
    taka e-t af e-m, to take a thing from one, deprive one of (er vér tókum seglit af honum, þá grét hann);
    taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping;
    taka e-t af e-m, to get frotn one (tekr hann af öllu fólki mikil lof);
    taka mikinn (mikil), lítinn (lítil) af e-u, to make (say) much, little of;
    hón tók lítil af öllu, she said little about it, took it coldly;
    øngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee;
    taka e-t af, to choose, take;
    G. bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir engi af taka, G. made thee good offers, but thou wouldst take none of them;
    fara sem fœtr mega af taka, at the top of one’s speed;
    hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, as fast as possible;
    to abolish, do away with (lagði á þat allan hug al taka af heiðni ok fornar venjur);
    taka e-t aptr, to take back, render void (taka aptr þat, er ek gef); to recall (taka aptr orð, heil sín);
    taka á e-u, to touch (hón tók á augum hans);
    taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, illa á e-u, to take (a thing) well, in good part, ill, in ill part (fluttu þeir þetta fyrir jarli, en hann tók vel á);
    taka e-t á sik, to take upon oneself (kvaðst heldr vilja taka þat á sik at gefa honum annát augat);
    tóku þeir á sik svefn mikinn, they fell fast asleep;
    taka arf eptir e-n, to inherit one;
    taka e-t eptir, to get in return;
    með því at þú gerir svá, sem ek býð þér, skaltu nökkut eptir taka, thou shalt have some reward;
    taka e-t frá e-m, to take a thing away from one (þeir tóku spjótin frá þeim ok báru út á ána);
    taka e-n frá e-u, to deprive one of (taka e-n frá landi, ríki);
    taka e-t fyrir e-t, to take in return for (hann keypti sveinana ok tók fyrir þá vesl gott ok slagning); to take for, look upon as (lökum vér þat allt fyrir satt; því tek ek þat fyrir gaman);
    taka fyrir e-t, to refuse (tók E. eigi fyrir útanferð at sumri);
    taka hendi í e-t, to thrust one’s hand into;
    taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands with one;
    taka í móti, to offer resistance (þeir brendu víða bygðina, en bœndr tóku ekki í móti);
    taka niðr, to pull down, demolish (taka niðr til grundvallar allt þat verk); to graze a little, = taka til jarðar (þeir láta nú taka niðr hesta sína);
    taka ofan, to take down (Högni tekr ofan atgeirinn); to pull down (hann hafði látil taka ofan skála sinn);
    taka í sundr, to cut asunder;
    impers., slœmdi sverðinu til hans, svá at í sundr tók manninn, so that the man was cleft asunder;
    taka til e-s, to take to (tóku þá margir til at níða hann);
    taka til máls (orðs, orða), to begin to speak;
    nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now we must take up the story at this point, that;
    taka til varnar, to begin the defence;
    taka til e-s, to have recourse to, resort to (taka e-t til ráðs, bragðs); to concern (þetta mál, er til konungs tók);
    láta e-t til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with (Gísli lét fátt til sín taka);
    taka e-n til e-s, to choose, elect (Ólafr var til konungs tekinn um allt land);
    absol., taka til, to begin (hann hélt allt austr um Svínasund, þá tók til vald Svíakonungs);
    taka e-t til, to take to, do;
    ef hann tekr nökkut illt til, if he takes to any ill;
    taka um e-t, to take hold of, grasp (nú skaltu taka um fót honum);
    taka e-t undan, to take away;
    impers., undan kúnni tók nyt alla, the cow ceased to give milk;
    taka undan, to run away, escape (B. tók undan með rás);
    hann tók undir kverkina ok kyssti hana, he took her by the chin and kissed her;
    to undertake, take upon oneself;
    H. kvaðst ekki taka mundu undir vandræði þeira, H. said he would have nothing to do with their troubles;
    taka undir e-t með e-m, to back, help one in a thing (vil ek, at þér takit undir þetta mál með mér);
    þau tóku undir þetta léttiliga, they seconded it readily;
    hann tók seinliga undir, he was slow to answer;
    taka undir, to echo, resound (fjöllin tóku undir);
    taka e-t undir sik, to take on hand (Gizurr tók undir sik málit); to lay hold of (hann tekr undir sik eignir þær, er K. átti í Noregi);
    taka e-t upp, to pick up (S. tók upp hanzka sinn);
    taka upp fé fyrir e-m, to seize on, confiscate;
    taka upp borð, to set up the tables before a meal, but also to remove them after a meal;
    taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode;
    hón tekr mart þat upp, er fjarri er mínum vilja, she takes much in hand that is far from my will;
    drykk ok vistir, svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take;
    taka upp ný goðorð, to establish new priesthoods;
    taka upp verknað, to take up work;
    taka upp stœrð, to take to pride;
    taka upp sök, to take up a case;
    taka upp draum, to interpret a dream;
    taka e-t upp, to choose (seg nú skjótt, hvern kost þú vill upp taka);
    absol., taka upp, to extend, rise (rekkjustokkr tekr upp á millum rúma okkarra);
    taka út, to run out (E. tók út ór stofunni);
    taka við e-u, to receive (A. hafði tekit við föðurarf sínum);
    taka vel við e-m, to receive one well, give one a hearty welcome;
    taka við trú, to take the faith;
    þeir tóku vel við, they made a bold resistance;
    tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off;
    taka yfir e-t, to extend over (hann skal eignast af Englandi þat, sem uxahúð tekr yfir);
    impers. to come to an end, succeed (kveðst nú vænta, at nú mundi yfir taka);
    þeir munu allt til vinna at yfir taki við oss, to get the better of us;
    13) refl., takast;
    f.
    1) taking, capture, of a fortress, prisoner;
    2) taking, seizing, of property;
    * * *
    pres. tek, tekr; tökum, takit, taka; pret. tók, tókt (tókst), tók, pl. tóku; subj. tæki (tœki); imperat. tak, taktú; part. tekinn: with neg. suff. tek’k-at ek, I take not, Kristni S. (in a verse); tak-a-ttu, take thou not, Fas. i. (in a verse); tekr-at, Grág. (Kb.) i. 9: [Ulf. têkan, pret. taitok = απτεσθαι; Swed. take; Dan. tage, sounded tā, ‘du tar det ikke, vil du ta det;’ Engl. take is a word borrowed from the Dan., which gradually displaced the Old Engl. niman.]
    A. To take hold of, seize, grasp; taka sér alvæpni, Eg. 236; tóku menn sér þar byrðar ok báru út, Egill tók undir hönd sér mjöð-drekku, 237; nú taki hest minn, ok skal ek ríða eptir honum, 699; tóku þeir skíð sín ok stigu á, 545; hann tók inni vinstri hendi spjótið ok skaut, Nj. 42; lauk upp kistu ok tók upp góð kvennmanna-klæði, Ld. 30; hann tekr nú bogann, … tekr nú kaðal einn, Fas. ii. 543; taka upp net, K. Þ. K. 90; hross skal maðr taka ok teyma ok hepta, þótt heilagt sé, id.
    2. to seize; þeir tóku þar herfang mikit, Nj. 43; tóku skipit ok allt þat er á var, Fms. vii. 249; þeir tóku þar skútu, viii. 438; tóku skip hans, landtjald, klæði, ix. 275; taka fé okkat allt með ráni, Nj. 5; engi maðr skal fyrir öðrum taka, Gþl. 473; hann leiddi þik til arfs … munu taka óvinir þínir ef þú kemr eigi til, Nj. 4; þeir tóku bæinn, seized, Sturl. ii. 149; kona hafði tekit ( stolen) … ok vildi hann refsa henni, Fms. vii. 330.
    3. to catch; Skotar munu hafa tekit njósnir allar, Nj. 126; standi menn upp ok taki hann, 130; hann skyldi taka hundinn, 114; þeir tóku á sundi mann einn, Fms. vii. 225; gröf, at taka í dýr, Flóv. 33; taka höndum, to lay hold of, take captive, Nj. 114, 275; in a good sense, Fms. x. 314.
    4. taka e-n af lífi, to take one from life, Fms. x. 3, Eg. 70; taka e-n af lífdögum, id., Fms. vii. 204: ellipt., taka af (af-taka), to take one off, put to death, Js. 23; taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive of …, Eg. 268; tóku þeir af eignum jarla konungs, Fms. i. 6: taka af e-m, to take a thing from one, x. 421, Nj. 103, 131, Eg. 120, Ld. 288; taka frá e-m, to take from, off, Nj. 253, K. Þ. K. 48; taka ofan, to take down, pull down, Nj. 119, 168; taka ór, to set apart, 232; taka undir sik, to take under oneself, subject, Fms. x. 24: to take charge of, Nj. 110, Eg. 725: taka upp, to take up, pick up, assume, 23.
    5. to take, grasp; taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands, Nj. 129; taka á lopti, to interrupt, Fms. x. 314; taka í ketil, of the ordeal, Grág. i. 381, Gkv. 3. 7; taka í jörð, to graze, of an animal, Bs. i. 338; jó lætr til jarðar taka, Skm. 15; skulu þér láta taka niðr hesta yðra, to graze a little, Band. 14 new Ed.; tók einn þeirra niðr í sinn klæðsekk, Stj.
    II. metaph., taka upphaf, to begin, Hom. 49; taka vöxt ok þroska, to increase, Rb. 392; taka konungdóm, Eg. 646; taka ráð, 49; taka skírn, 770; taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian, Nj. 273; taka hvíld, to take rest, 43, 115; taka á sik svefn, 252; taka ræðu, to begin a parley, Eg. 578; taka umræðu, id., Nj. 146; þau taka þá tal, Ld. 72, Fms. ii. 254; taka nærri sér, see nær l. 2; taka á sik göngu, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; taka á sik svefn, Nj.; taka eld, to light a fire, 199; taka e-n orðum, to address; taka í sætt, to receive into reconciliation, Eg. 168; taka sættir, to accept terms, id. (also taka sættum, id.); taka þenna kost, 280; taka samheldi, Fms. ix. 344; ok tóku þat fastliga, at friðr skyldi standa, declared firmly that, x. 40, v. l.; taka stefnu, to fix a meeting, xi. 400; tóku þeir stefnu í milli sín, 402; nú er svá tekið um allt landit, at …, fixed by law that …, Gþl. 275; þeir tóku fastmælum sín í milli, at …, Bret. 82; taki í lög, to take into fellowship, Fms. xi. 96; lög-taka, cp. lófa-tak, vápna-tak; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð enn þú vildir engi af taka, thou wouldst accept none of them, Nj. 77; tók hann þann kost af, at leggja allt á konungs vald, Fms. iv. 224; ok þat tóku þeir af, ix. 367; Ólafr kvaðsk þat mundu af taka, Ld. 72; taka e-t til ráðs, or taka ráðs, bragðs, to resort to, Nj. 75, 124, 199: also, taka e-t til, to resort to, 26, Fms. xi, 253, passim (til-tæki); taka mót, to receive, Edda 15; taka e-t við, to receive in return, Fms. ii. 269; taka bætr fyrir e-t, xi. 253; með því þú görir sem ek býð þér, skaltú nökkuð eptir taka, take some reward for it, Ld. 44; þat er bæði at vér róum hart, enda mun nú mikit eptir taka, a great reward, Finnb. 232 (eptir-tekja); taka fæðu, to take food; taka corpus Domini, Mar.; taka samsæti, Fms. ii. 261; taka arf, Eg. 34; taka erfð, Gþl. 241; taka fé eptir föður sinn, Fms. xi. 47; taka laun, Nj. 68; taka veizlu, to take, receive a veizla (q. v.), Fms. xi. 239; konungr … hann tekr ( receives) af mörgum, skal hann því mikit gefa, 217; taka mikit lof, x. 367; taka helgun af Guði, Rb. 392; taka heilsu, to recover, Stj. 624; ek skal taka hæði-yrði af þér, Nj. 27; taka af honum rán ok manntjón, Ld. 64; taka úskil af íllum mönnum, Greg. 44; taka píslir ok dauða, 656 B. 30; drap hann þar menn nökkura, þótti mönnum hart at taka þat af útlendum manni, Bs. i. 19; þeir tóku mikinn andróða, Fms. viii. 438; taka andviðri, Eg. 87; þeir tóku norðan-veðr hörð, were overtaken by, Nj. 124; taka sótt, to be taken sick or ill (North E. to take ill), 29, Fms. xi. 97, Eg. 767; taka þyngd. id., Ísl. ii. 274; taka fótar-mein, Nj. 219; taka úgleði, to get out of spirits, Eg. 322; hann tók þá fáleika ok úgleði, Fms. vii. 103; hann tók langt kaf, 202; taka arftaki, to adopt, Grág. i. 232; taka konung, to take, elect a king, Fms. ix. 256; taka konu, to take a wife, x. 397; hann kvángaðisk ok tók bróður-dóttur þess manns er Finnr hét, 406; tók Magnús konungr Margrétu, 413; taka konu brott nauðga, to carry off a woman, Grág. i. 353; tók hann þá til háseta, he hired them, Eg. 404; taka far or fari, Landn. 307, Grág. ii. 406 (far, ii. 3); taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways, Fms. viii. 30; taka ferð, to start, Stj.; taka til konungs, or the like, Eg. 367, 400, Fms. vii. 252; taka til siðar, Sks. 313; taka e-n vel, to receive well; ok taki ér, herra, vel þá Hjalta ok Gizur, Bs. i. 19; tók Skota-konungr hann vel, Fms. xi. 419; taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly, Nj. 26; taka fyrir e-t, to stop, interrupt, refuse, Fms. x. 251.
    III. to reach, stretch forth, touch; hann beit skarð, allt þat er tennr tóku, Eg. 605; eigi djúpara enn þeim tók undir hendr, Ld. 78; skurðrinn tók á framan-verðan bakkann, Krók.; hyrnan tók andlitið, Nj. 253; rödd tekr eyru, Skálda 175; döggskórinn tók niðr akrinn upp-standanda, Fas. i. 173; hafði flóð tekit þær, swept them away, Fms. xi. 393; spjót langskept svá at vel taki skipa meðal, Sks. 385; nef hans tók austr til landsenda … véli-fjarðar tóku norðr í Finnabú, Fms. viii. 10; tekr mörkin náliga allt it efra suðr, Eg. 58; þvíat ekki tek ek heim í kveld, Nj. 275; mun ek taka þangat í dag? Hbl.; bóndans bót tekr fyrir ( encompasses) konu, hans ok börn ok hjón, N. G. L. i. 341; taka niðri, to take the ground, of a ship or thing floating, Fas. iii. 257; svá at upp tekr um klaufir, Boll. 336; at eigi tæki hann (acc.) regnit, Stj. 594; skulu vér varask, at eigi taki oss þau dæmi, Hom. 70; svá mikit er uxa-húð tekr yfir, Fas. i. 288; nær því er þú sér at taka mun en ekki ór hófi, Sks. 21; hundr bundinn svá at taki eigi til manna, Grág. ii. 119; taka höndum upp, to lift up hands, Bs. i. 735, Edda 22; ek sé fram undir brekkuna, at upp taka spjóts-oddar fimtán, Finnb. 286; þetta smíði (Babel) tók upp ór veðrum, Edda 146 (pref.); hárit tók ofan á belti, Nj. 2; stöpul er til himins tæki, 645. 71; hér til tekr en fyrsta bók, reaches here, 655 vii. 4; taka mátti hendi til fals, Eg. 285; þeir tóku fram árum, took the oars, Fms. vii. 288; smeygði á sik ok tók út höndunum, 202; þeir tóku undun, to escape, viii. 438: to reach, land, take harbour, gaf honum vel byri ok tóku Borgarfjörð, Nj. 10; tóku þeir Friðar-ey, 268; þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu, Ísl. ii. 246; byrjaði vel ok tóku Noreg, Ld. 72, 310; tóku þar land sem heitir Vatnsfjörðr, Landn. 30: ellipt., hann tók þar sem nú heitir Herjólfs-höfn, id.; þeir tóku fyrir sunnan land, 175.
    2. to take, hold, of a vessel; ketill or tók tvær tunnur, Fb. i. 524; lands þess er tæki ( of the value of) fjóra tigi hundraða, Sturl. i. 98, v. l.; hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend, Nj. 225: so in the phrase, það tekr því ekki, it is not worth the while; þann enn eina grip er hann átti svá at fé tæki, the sole object of value he had, Bs. i. 636.
    3. spec. usages; fara sem fætr mega af taka, Finnb. 288; konur æpa sem þær megu mest af taka, Al. 47, (aftak, aftaka-veðr, q. v.), Karl. 109, 196; fóru hvárir-tveggju sem af tók, went as fast as possible, Fms, iv. 304; hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, Eg. 93: in the phrase, taka mikinn, lítinn … af e-u, to make much, little of, take it to heart or lightly; mikit tekr þú af þessu, thou takest it much to heart, Lv. 10; öngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee, Ld. 105; eigi töku vér mikit af at tortryggva þá bók, þótt mart sé undarligt í sagt, we will not strongly question the truth of the book, although many wonders are told therein, Sks. 78; Óspakr kvað hana mikit af taka, said he used very strong language, Ld. 216; mikinn tekr þú af, segir konungr, thou settest much by it, said the king, Fms. vi. 206: munda ek sýnu minna hafa af tekit ef ek væra údrukkinn, I would have kept a better tongue, xi. 112; Þórvarðr tók eigi af fyrir útanferð sína, did not quite refuse the going abroad, Sturl. iii. 244; hann kvaðsk eigi taka mega af því hvat mælt væri, he did not much mind what folks said, Nj. 210; hón tók lítið af öllu, said little about it, took it coolly, Eg. 322; tók hann minna af enn áðr við Íslendinga, he spoke not so strongly of them as he used to do, Glúm. 328; ok er sendi-menn kómu tók hann lítið af, Fms. x. 101; Flosi svaraði öllu vel, en tók þó lítið af, F. gave a civil but reserved answer, Nj. 180.
    IV. with prepp.; taka af hesti, to take (the saddle) off a horse, Nj. 4, 179; taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping, Ölk. 35; taka skriðinn af skipinu, Fms. ii. 305; taka e-t af, to abolish, vii. 1, x. 152, Ísl. ii. 258:—taka á e-u, to touch (á-tak), Nj. 118; þegar sem nær þeim er komit ok á þeim tekit, Stj. 76; sá er tekr fyrst á funa, Gm.; þat er ok, áðr þeir taki á dómum sinum ( ere they deliver sentence), at þeir skolu eið vinna áðr, Grág. i. 64; taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, ekki vel, ílla … á e-u, to take a thing so and so, take it well, in good part, ill, in ill part, etc., Ld. 50, 248, Fms. xi. 124, Nj. 206, 265; Gunnarr talaði fátt um ok tók á öngu úlíkliga, 40; tak glaðan á ( cheerfully) við konunginn, Fms. xi. 112; þeir höfðu sagt hversu hann hafði á tekit þeim feðgum, Rd. 284; Leifr tekr á þessu eigi mjök, Fb. ii. 397; tók Börkr (á) því seinliga, Eb. 15 new Ed.:—taka eptir, to notice, observe, Sturl. i. 2 (eptir-tekt):—taka móti, to withstand, resist, Nj. 261, Fms. ix. 307, 513 (mót-tak):—taka með, to reserve, accept, iv. 340, xi. 427 (með-taka): taka við, hann tókþar ok við mörg önnur dæmi, bæði konunga æfi, he tacked to it many records, the lives of kings, etc., Ó. H. (pref.): this isolated phrase has led editors (but wrongly) to substitute hann ‘jók’ þar við:—taka aptr, to take back, render void, undo, Bs. i. 631, Nj. 191, Sks. 775; eigi má aptr taka unnit verk, a saying, Fms. ii. 11: to recall, unsay, mun ek þau orð eigi aptr taka, Ld. 42, Fms. ii. 253:—taka í, to pull off; taktu í hann, to pull his stocking off:—taka um, to take hold of, grasp, Eg. 410, Hkr. ii. 322:—taka upp, to pick up, assume; niðr at fella ok upp at taka, 625. 68, Eg. 23; taka upp borð, to put up the tables before a meal; tekr upp borð ok setr fyrir þá Butralda, Fbr. 37; vóru borð upp tekin um alla stofuna ok sett á vist, Eg. 551: but also to remove them after a meal (= taka borð ofan), 408, Hkr. ii. 192, Fms. i. 41, Orkn. 246 (see borð II); taka upp vist, to put food on the table, Vm. 168; taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode, passim; taka upp, of a body, to take up, disinter, Hkr. ii. 388; taka upp, to seize on, confiscate, Nj. 73, 207, Ld. 38, Eg. 73; þeir tóku upp ( laid waste) þorp þat er heitir Tuma-þorp, Fms. i. 151; var þá tekin upp bygð Hrolleifs, Fs. 34; hón tekr þat mart upp er fjarri er mínum vilja, Nj. 6l; at þú gefir ró reiði ok takir þat upp er minnst vandræði standi af, 175; taka upp verknað, to take up work, Ld. 34; taka upp stærð, to take to pride, Fms. x. 108; halda upp-teknu efni, i. 263; taka upp sök, mál, to take up a case, Nj. 31, 71, 231: to interpret, eigi kann ek öðruvís at ráða þenna draum … glíkliga er upp tekit, Sturl. iii. 216; ok skal svá upp taka ‘síks glóð,’ þat er ‘gull,’ Edda 127; kvæði, ef þau eru rétt kveðin ok skynsamliga upp tekin, Hkr. (pref.); tók hann svá upp, at honum væri eigi úhætt, Fms. ix. 424; drykk ok vistir svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take, iv. 92; er þat skip mikit, ok mun þat taka oss upp alla, Nj. 259; þat hjóna er meira lagði til félags skal meira upp taka, Gþl. 220; þótti þeim í hönd falla at taka upp land þetta hjá sér sjálfum, Ld. 210; skal sá sem at Kálfafelli býr taka upp vatn at sínum hlut, Vm. 168; taka upp giptu hjá Dana-konungi, Fms. xi. 426; taka upp goðorð, Nj. 151, 168, Grág. i. 24; taka upp þing. Ann. 1304 ( to restore); tókusk þá upp lög ok landsréttr, Fs. 27; taka upp vanda, Fms. vii. 280:—taka til, to take to; hefna svá at ekki fýsi annan slík firn til at taka, 655 xiii. A. 3; tóku margir þá til at níða hann, Bs. i; taka til ráða, ráðs, bragðs, Nj. 19, 75, 124; hann tók til ráða skjótt, 19; enn þó munu vér þat bragðs taka, 199; hvat skal nú til ráða taka, 124; ef hann tekr nökkut íllt til, 26; hverja úhæfu er hann tekr til, Fms. xi. 253; taka til máls, to take to talking, Nj. 16, 71; taka til orðs, or orða, 122, 230, 264; hann tók nú til at segja söguna, to take to telling a story; taka til varnar, to begin the defence, Grág. i. 60, Nj. 271; nú er þar til at taka, at …, 74; er blót tóku til, Landn. 111; þá tók til ríki Svía-konungs, Fms. iv. 118; um Slésvík þar sem Dana-ríki tók til, xi. 417: to concern, þat mun taka til yðar, Hom. 150; þetta mál er til konungs tók, Fms. xi. 105; láta til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with, Band. 23 new Ed.; Gísl lét fátt til sín taka, Fms. vii. 30; vil ek nú biðja þik at þú létir ekki til þín taka um tal várt, Nj. 184: to have recourse to, þú tekr eigi til þeirra liðsinnis ef ekki þarf, Fms. vii. 17, Grág. i. 41; taka til segls, Eg. 573, Fms. ix. 22; taka til sunds, 24; taka til e-s, to note, mark, with dislike:—taka undir, to take under a thing; hann tók undir kverkina, took her by the chin, Nj. 2; þá tók Egill undir höfða-hlut Skalla-grími, Eg. 398: to undertake, þat mál er þeir skyldi sjálfir undir taka, Hkr. i. 266; þá skal hann taka undir þá sömu þjónostu, Ó. H. 120: to back, second, hann kvaðsk ekki mundu taka undir vandræði þeirra, Nj. 182; undir þann kviðling tók Rúnolfr goði, ok sótti Hjalta um goðgá, Bs. i. 17: ek mun taka undir með þér ok styðja málit, Fms. xi. 53; hann tók ekki undir þat ráð, Fb. ii. 511; þau tóku undir þetta léttliga, seconded it readily, Ld. 150; hann tók seinliga undir, Nj. 217; hann hafði heyrt tal þeirra ok tók undir þegar, ok kvað ekki saka, Ld. 192: göra tilraun hversu þér tækit undir þetta, Fb. i. 129: to echo, blésu herblástr svá at fjöllin tóku undir, Fas. i. 505; taka undir söng, to accompany singing:—taka við, to receive; nú tóktú svá við sverði þessu, Fms. i. 15; siðan hljópu menn hans, enn hann túk við þeim, 105; jörð tekr við öldri, Hm.; til þess er akkerit tók við, grappled, took hold, Dan. holde igen, Fms. x. 135. v. l.; þar til er sjár tók við honum, Edda 153 (pref.); taka við ríki, Eg. 241, Fms. i. 7; taka við trú, Nj. 158, 159; taka við handsölum á e-u, 257; ef maðr görr við at taka við dæmdum úmaga, Grág. i. 258; taka vel við e-m, to receive well, Nj. 5; ekki torleiði tekr við yðr, no obstacle stops you, Al. 120; þeir tóku við vel ok vörðusk, made a bold resistance, Fms. i. 104; eggjuðu sumir at við skyldi taka, vii. 283; at þeir skyldi verja landit, en þeir vildu eigi við taka, xi. 386; ganga fram á mel nökkurn, ok segir Hrútr at þeir mundu þar við taka, Ld. 62; þar stóð steinn einn mikill, þar bað Kjartan þá við taka, 220; seg þú æfi-sögu þína, Ásmundr, en þá skal Egill við taka, tell thy life’s tale, Asmund, and then shall Egil take his turn, Fas. iii. 374; tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off:—taka yfir, hann vildi eigi til ráða nema hann ætlaði at yfir tæki, Fms. iv. 174; þeir munu allt til vinna, at yfir taki með oss, Nj. 198; at eyrendi þeirra skyldi eigi lyktuð né yfir tekin, Fms. iv. 224.
    V. to take to, begin:
    1. with infin., tóku menn at binda sár sín, Eg. 93; hann tók at yrkja þegar er hann var ungr, 685; hans afli tók at vaxa, Fms. viii. 47; á þeim veg er ek tæka ganga, Sks. 3; taka at birtask, 568; tekr at dimma, birta … rigna, it gets dim, takes to darken … rain; allt þat er hann tekr at henda, Nj. 5; þá tók at lægja veðrit, 124; tók þá at morna, 131; tók þá at nátta, Fms. ix. 54; kvölda tekr = Lat. vesperascit, Luke xxiv. 29.
    2. in other phrases, taka á rás, to take to running, to run, Nj. 253, Eg. 216, 220, Eb. 62 (hófu á rás, 67 new Ed.), Hrafn. 7: ellipt., tók bogmaðr ok hans menn á land upp undan, they took to the inland and escaped, Fms. ix. 275; tók hann þegar upp um brú, viii. 169; svá íllt sem nú er frá at taka (to escape, shun), þá mun þó síðarr verr, Fs. 55; taka flótta, to take to flight, Hm. 30; Eirekr tók út ór stofunni, took out of the room, ran out, Sturl. ii. 64; þeir tóku út eitt veðr allir, stood out to sea with the same wind, Fb. ii. 243.
    VI. with dat., to take to, receive (perh. ellipt. for taka við- e-u); jarl tók vel sendi-mönnum ok vináttu-málum konungs, Fms. i. 53; konungr tók honum vel ok blíðliga, vii. 197; tekit mundu vér hafa kveðju þinni þóttú hefðir oss fyrri fagnat, Ld. 34; Grímr tók því seinliga, Eg. 764; Sigurðr tók því máli vel, 38, Fms. x. 2; konungr tók þá vel orðum Þórólfs, Eg. 44; hann tók því þakksamliga, Fms. i. 21; taka vel þeirra eyrendum, x. 33; Barði tók þessu vel, Ld. 236; Hákon tók því seinliga, Fms. i. 74; eigi mun konungr taka því þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, Eg. 59; tók Brynjólfr þá sættum fyrir Björn, 168; Njáll átti hlut at, at þeir skyldi taka sættum, Nj. 120; taka handsölum á fé, 257; taka heimildum á e-u, Fms. x. 45; taka fari, Grág. ii. 399, Nj. 111, 258 (see far); taka bóli, to take a farm (on lease), Gþl. 328, 354; mun ek máli taka fyrir alla Íslenzka menn þá er á skipi eru, speak for them, Bs. i. 421.
    VII. impers. it is taken; hann brá upp hendinni ok tók hana af honum ok höfuðit af konunginum, Nj. 275; ok tók af nasarnar, Fms. x. 135, v. l.; þá tók af veðrit (acc.), the weather ‘took up’ (as is said in North of England), the storm abated. Fas. i. 157; svá at þar tæki af vega alla, all roads were stopped, Fms, iii. 122; af þeim tók málit ok görask úfærir, Fas. ii. 549; kom á höndina fyrir ofan úlflið svá at af tók, Nj. 84; kom á fótinn svá at af tók, 123; þá tók efa af mörgum manni, Fms. iii. 8; sýnina tekr frá e-m, to become blind, x. 339; undan kúnni tók nyt alla, Eb. 316; jafnskjótt tók ór verkinn allan, Fms. iv. 369; tók út skip Þangbrands ór Hitará, she drifted out, Bs. i. 15; í þat mund dags er út tók eykðina, when the time of ‘eykð’ was nearly passed, Fms. xi. 136; um várit er sumar-hita tók, when the summer heat set in, Fs. 67; réru svá skjótt at ekki tók (viz. þá) á vatni, Fms. vii. 344.
    2. as a naut. term, to clear, weather a point; veðr var litið ok tók þeim skamt frá landi, the weather was still, and they kept close in shore, Fms. vi. 190: hence the mod. naut. phrase, e-m tekr, to clear, weather; mér tók fyrir nesit, I cleared, weathered the ness; vindr þver, svo að þeim tekr ekki.
    3. þar er eigi of tekr torf eðr grjót, where neither is at hand, Grág. ii. 262; þau dæmi tekr til þessa máls, the proofs of this are, that when …, Hom. 127.
    B. Reflex., takask mikit á hendr, to take much in hand, Band. 3, Nj. 228, Fms. i. 159; tókumk ek þat á hendr, xi. 104; láta af takask, to let oneself be deprived of, Eg. 296; takask e-n á hendr.
    2. to be brought about, take effect, succeed; cp. þykkir mikit í hættu hversu þér teksk, Ld. 310; þat tóksk honum, he succeeded, Bárð. 167; tekst þá tveir vilja, it succeeds when two will, i. e. joint efforts prevail, a saying:—takask til, to happen; Ásgrími tóksk svá til (it so happened to A.), sem sjaldan var vant, at vörn var í máii hans, Nj. 92; ef svá vill til takask. Fas. i. 251; svá erviðliga sem þeim hafði til tekizk at herja á þá feðga, Fms. i. 184; mér hefir úgiptuliga tekizk, Ld. 252; þætti mér allmiklu máli skipta at þér tækisk stórmannliga, that thou wouldst behave generously, Hkr. ii. 32; hefir þetta svá tekizk sem ván var at, er hann var barn at aldri, 268.
    3. to take place, begin; tóksk orrosta, Nj. 8; teksk þar orrosta, 122; ráð takask, of a marriage; en ef þá takask eigi ráðin, if the wedding takes not place then, Grág. i. 311; lýkr svá at ráðin skyldi takask, 99; ráð þau skyldi takask at öðru sumri, Eg. 26, Fms. x. 40: to be realised, hvatamaðr at þessi ferð skyldi takask, Ld. 240; síðan er mægð hafdi tekizk með þeim, since they had intermarried, Eg. 37; takask með þeim góðar ástir, they came to love one another much, of newly-married people, passim; féráns dómr teksk, Grág. i. 95; takask nú af heimboðin, to cease, Ld. 208; ok er allt mál at ættvíg þessi takisk af, 258.
    II. recipr., takask orðum, to speak to one another, Fms. xi. 13; ok er þeir tókusk at orðum, spurði hann …, Eg. 375; bræðr-synir takask arf eptir, entreat one another, Gþl. 241; ef menn takask fyrir árar eða þiljur, take from one another, 424: takask á, to wrestle, Bárð. 168; takask fangbrögðum, Ld. 252, Ísl. ii. 446: takask í hendr, to shake hands, Grág. i. 384, Nj. 3, 65.
    III. part. tekinn; vóru þá tekin ( stopped) öll borgar-hlið ok vegar allir, at Norðmönnum kæmi engi njósn, Fms. vi. 411: Steinþórr var til þess tekinn, at …, S. was particularly named as …, Eb. 32, 150; hann var til þess tekinn, at honum var verra til hjóna en öðrum mönnum, Grett. 70 new Ed. (cp. mod. usage, taka til e-s, to wonder at): lá hann ok var mjök tekinn, very ill, Sturl. i. 89: Álfhildr var þungliga tekin, ok gékk henni nær dauða, Fms. iv. 274; hann var mjök tekinn ok þyngdr af líkþrá, ii. 229; þú ert Ílla at tekin fyrir vanheilsu sakir, vii. 244; ú-tekin jörð, an untaken, unclaimed estate, Sturl. iii. 57, Gþl. 313.
    2. at af teknum þeim, except, Fms. x. 232; at af teknum úvinum sínum, 266, (Latinism.)

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > TAKA

  • 34 GÖRA

    ð, also spelt görva, giörva, geyra, giora, gera: prop. gøra, not gra (the ø was sounded nearly as y or ey), so that the g is to be sounded as an aspirate, however the word is spelt; and the insertion of i or j (giöra, gjöra), which is usual in mod. writing, and often occurs in old, is phonetic, not radical, and göra and gjöra represent the same sound. The word in the oldest form had a characteristic v, and is spelt so on the Runic stones in the frequent Runic phrase, gaurva kubl, Baut., and Danske Runemind. passim; but also now and then in old Icel. MSS., e. g. the Kb. of Sæm. (cited from Bugge’s Edit.), gorva, Am. 75, Skv. 1. 34, 3. 20, Hm. 123, Og. 29; gerva, Am. 64, Bkv. 3; giorva, Rm. 9; giorfa, 28; gorvir, Hkv. Hjörv. 41; gørvom, Hým. 6; gorviz, Am. 35; gerviz, Merl. 2. 89:—this characteristic v has since been dropped, and it is usually spelt without it in MSS., gora, Hým. 1, Og. 23, Ls. 65; gera, Am. 85; gorir, Hm. 114: the pret. always drops the v, gorþi, Hym. 21; gorðo or gorþo, fecerunt, Hm. 142, Am. 9; gorðumz, Hðm. 28; gerþi, Am. 74; gerþit, 26:—with i inserted, Rm. 9, 22; giordu, 11; in the Mork. freq. giavra. The ö is still sounded in the east of Icel., whereas gera is the common form in speech, gjöra in writing:—the old pres. indic. used by the poets and in the laws is monosyllabic görr, with suffixed negative, görr-a, Hkr. i. (in a verse); mod. bisyllabic görir, which form is also the usual one in the Sagas:—the old part. pass. was görr or gerr, geyrr, Fms. ix. 498, x. 75, where the v was kept before a vowel, and is often spelt with f, gorvan, gorvir, and gorfan, gorfir: dat. so-goro or so-guru adverbially = sic facto: the mod. part. gjörðr, gerðr, görðr, as a regular part. of the 2nd weak conjugation, which form occurs in MSS. of the 15th century, e. g. Bs. i. 877, l. 21. [This is a Scandin. word; Dan. gjöre; Swed. göra; Old Engl. and Scot. gar, which is no doubt of Scandin. origin, the Saxon word being do, the Germ. thun, neither of which is used in the Scandin.; the word however is not unknown to the Teut., though used in a different sense; A. S. gervan and gearvjan = parare; O. H. G. karwan; Germ. gerben, garben, but esp. the adj. and adv. gar, vide above s. v. gör-.] To make, to do; the Icel. includes both these senses.
    A. To make:
    I. to build, work, make, etc.; göra himin ok jörð, 623. 36, Hom. 100; göra hús, to build a house, Fms. xi. 4, Rb. 384; göra kirkju, Bjarn. 39; göra skip, N. G. L. i. 198; göra langskip, Eg. 44; göra stólpa, Al. 116; göra tól (= smíða), Vsp. 7; göra (fingr)-gull, Bs. i. 877; göra haug, to build a cairn, Eg. 399; göra lokhvílu, Dropl. 27; göra dys, Ld. 152; göra kistu ( coffin), Eg. 127; göra naust, N. G. L. i. 198; göra jarðhús, Dropl. 34; göra veggi, Eg. 724: also, göra bók, to write a book, Íb. 1, Rb. 384; göra kviðling, to make a song, Nj. 50; göra bréf, to draw up a deed ( letter), Fms. ix. 22; göra nýmæli, to frame a law, Íb. 17.
    2. adding prep.; göra upp, to repair, rebuild, restore, Fb. ii. 370; göra upp Jórsala-borg, Ver. 43; göra upp skála, Ld. 298; göra upp leiði, to build up a grave.
    II. to make, prepare, get ready; göra veizlu, drykkju, brúðkaup, erfi, and poët. öl, öldr, to make a feast, brew bridal ale, Fs. 23, Fms. xi. 156, Dropl. 6, Am. 86; göra seið, blót, to perform a sacrifice, Ld. 152; göra bú, to set up a house, Grág. i. 185, Ld. 68; göra eld, to make a fire, Fs. 100, K. Þ. K. 88; göra rekkju, to make one’s bed, Eg. 236; göra upp hvílur, Sturl. ii. 124; göra graut, to make porridge, Eg. 196, N. G. L. i. 349; göra drykk, to make a drink, Fms. i. 8; göra kol, or göra til kola, to make charcoal, Ölk. 35.
    III. in somewhat metaph. phrases; göra ferð, to make a journey, Fms. x. 281; görði heiman för sína, he made a journey from home, Eg. 23; göra sinn veg, to make one’s way, travel, Mar.; göra uppreisn, to make an uprising, to rebel, Rb. 384, Fms. ix. 416; göra úfrið, to make war, 656 C. 15; göra sátt, göra frið, to make peace, Hom. 153, Bs. i. 24; göra féskipti, Nj. 118; göra tilskipan, to make an arrangement, Eg. 67; göra ráð sitt, to make up one’s mind, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 21; göra hluti, to cast lots, Fms. x. 348.
    2. to make, give, pay, yield; göra tíund, to pay tithes, Hom. 180; hann skal göra Guði tíunda hlut verðsins, id.; göra ölmusu, to give alms, 64; göra ávöxt, to yield fruit, Greg. 48; gefa né göra ávöxt, Stj. 43; göra konungi skatt eða skyld, Fms. xi. 225.
    3. to contract; göra vináttu, félagskap, to contract friendship, Nj. 103, Eg. 29; göra skuld, to contract a debt, Grág. i. 126: göra ráð með e-m, to take counsel with, advise one, Eg. 12; göra ráð fyrir, to suppose, Nj. 103, Fms. ix. 10; göra mun e-s, to make a difference, i. 255, Eb. 106.
    4. to make, make up, Lat. efficere; sex tigir penninga göra eyri, sixty pence make an ounce, Grág. i. 500, Rb. 458.
    5. to grant, render; göra kost, to make a choice, to grant, Nj. 130, Dropl. 6, Fms. xi. 72, (usually ellipt., kostr being understood); vil ek at þér gerit kostinn, Nj. 3; ok megit þér fyrir því göra ( grant) honum kostinn, 49, 51; göra e-m lög, to grant the law to one, 237; göra guðsifjar, to make ‘gossip’ with one, to be one’s godfather, Fms. ii. 130.
    6. special usages; göra spott, háð, gabb, … at e-u, to make sport, gibes, etc. at or over a thing, Fms. x. 124; göra iðran, to do penance, Greg. 22; göra þakkir, to give thanks, Hom. 55; göra róm at máli e-s, to cheer another’s speech, shout hear, hear! var görr at máli hans mikill rómr ok góðr, his speech was much cheered, Nj. 250,—a parliamentary term; the Teutons cheered, the Romans applauded (with the hands), cp. Tacit. Germ.
    7. with prepp.; gera til, to make ready or dress meat; láta af ( to kill) ok göra til ( and dress), K. Þ. K. 80, Ísl. ii. 83, 331, Fs. 146, 149, Bjarn. 31, Finnb. 228; göra til nyt, to churn milk, K. Þ. K. 78; göra til sverð, to wash and clean the sword, Dropl. 19; máttu þeir eigi sjá, hversu Þorvaldr var til gerr, how Th. got a dressing, Nj. 19.
    β. göra at e-u, to mend, make good, put right (at-görð), ek skal at því gera, Fms. xi. 153, Eg. 566, Nj. 130: to heal, Bárð. 171, Eg. 579, Grág. i. 220; göra at hesti, K. Þ. K. 54, Nj. 74: göra við e-u, vide B. II.
    8. adding acc. of an adj., part., or the like; göra mun þat margan höfuðlausan, Nj. 203; göra mikit um sik, to make a great noise, great havoc, Fb. i. 545, Grett. 133, Fms. x. 329; göra e-n sáttan, to reconcile one, Grág. i. 336; göra sér e-n kæran, to make one dear to oneself, Hkr. i. 209; göra sik líkan e-m, to make oneself like to another, imitate one, Nj. 258; göra sik góðan, to make oneself good or useful, 74, 78; göra sik reiðan, to take offence, 216; göra sér dælt, to make oneself at home, take liberties, Ld. 134, Nj. 216; göra langmælt, to make a long speech, Sks. 316; göra skjót-kjörit, to make a quick choice, Fms. ii. 79; göra hólpinn, to ‘make holpen,’ to help, x. 314; göra lögtekit, to make a law, issue a law, xi. 213, Bs. i. 37; hann gerði hann hálshöggvinn, he had him beheaded, Fms. ix. 488, v. l.; ok görðu þá handtekna alla at minsta kosti, Sturl. i. 40; várir vöskustu ok beztu menn era görfir handteknir, 41.
    β. göra sér mikit um e-t, to make much of, admire, Eg. 5, Fms. x. 254, 364; göra e-t at ágætum, to make famous, extol a thing, vii. 147; göra at orðum, to notice as remarkable, Fas. i. 123; göra at álitum, to take into consideration, Nj. 3; göra sér úgetið at e-u, to be displeased with, Ld. 134; göra vart við sik, to make one’s presence noticed, Eg. 79; göra sér mikit, lítið fyrir, to make great, small efforts, Finnb. 234; göra sér í hug, to brood over; hann gerði sér í hug at drepa jarl, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar lund, to fancy, think: göra af sér, to exert oneself, ef þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, Edda 32; hvárt hann var með Eiríki jarli, eðr görði hann annat af sér, or what else he was making of himself, Fms. xi. 157.
    9. phrases, gera fáleika á sik, to feign, make oneself look sad, Nj. 14; esp. adding upp, gera sér upp veyki, to feign sickness, (upp-gerð, dissimulation); göra sér til, to make a fuss, (hence, til-gerð, foppishness.)
    B. To do:
    I. to do, act; allt þat er hann gerir síðan ( whatever he does), þat á eigandi at ábyrgjask, Gþl. 190; þér munut fátt mæla eðr gera, áðr yðr munu vandræði af standa, i. e. whatsoever you say or do will bring you into trouble, Nj. 91; göra e-t með harðfengi ok kappi, 98; ger svá vel, ‘do so well,’ be so kind! 111; gerit nú svá, góði herra (please, dear lord!), þiggit mitt heilræði, Fms. vii. 157: and in mod. usage, gerið þér svo vel, gerðu svo vel, = Engl. please, do! sagði, at hann hafði með trúleik gört, done faithfully, Eg. 65; göra gott, to do good; göra íllt, to do evil, (góð-görð, íll-görð); ok þat var vel gört, well done, 64; geyrða ek hotvetna íllt, I did evil in all things, Niðrst. 109; hefir hann marga hluti gört stór-vel til mín, he has done many things well towards me, I have received many great benefits at his hands, Eg. 60: with dat., svá mikit gott sem jarl hefir mér gert, Nj. 133; þér vilda ek sízt íllt göra, I would least do harm to thee, 84: göra fúlmennsku, to do a mean act, 185; göra vel við e-n, to do well to one, Fs. 22; göra stygð við e-n, to offend one, Fms. x. 98; göra sæmiliga til e-s, to do well to one, Ld. 62, Nj. 71; göra sóma e-s, to do honour to one, Fms. vii. 155; göra e-m gagn, to give help to one, Nj. 262; göra e-m sæmd, skomm, to do ( shew) honour, dishonour, to one, 5, Fms. x. 43; göra háðung, xi. 152; göra styrk, to strengthen one, ix. 343; göra e-m skapraun, to tease one; göra ósóma, Vápn. 19; göra skaða ( scathe), Eg. 426; göra óvina-fagnað, to give joy to one’s enemies, i. e. to do just what they want one to do, Nj. 112; göra til skaps e-m, to conform to one’s wishes, 80; gerum vér sem faðir vár vill, let us do as our father wishes, 198; vel má ek gera þat til skaps föður míns at brenna inni með honum, id.; göra at skapi e-s, id., 3; var þat mjök gert móti mínu skapi, Fms. viii. 300; gera til saka við e-n, to offend, sin against one, Nj. 80; gera á hluta e-s, to wrong one, Vígl. 25; göra ílla fyrir sér, to behave badly, Fms. vii. 103.
    II. adding prep.; göra til e-s, to deserve a thing (cp. til-görð, desert, behaviour); hvat hafðir þú til gört, what hast thou done to deserve it? Nj. 130; framarr en ek hefi til gört, more than I have deserved, Fms. viii. 300; ok hafit þér Danir heldr til annars gört, ye Danes have rather deserved the reverse, xi. 192, Hom. 159:—göra eptir, to do after, imitate, Nj. 90:—göra við e-u (cp. við-görð, amendment), to provide for, amend, ok mun úhægt vera at göra við forlögum þeirra, Ld. 190; er úhægt at göra við ( to resist) atkvæðum, Fs. 22; ok mun ekki mega við því gera, Nj. 198:—göra af við e-n (cp. af-görð, evil doing), to transgress against one, ek hefi engan hlut af gört við þik, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 241; ok iðrask nú þess er hann hefir af gert, 300; göra af við Guð, to sin against God, Hom. 44.
    2. special usages; göra … at, to do so and so; spurði, hvat hann vildi þá láta at gera, he asked what he would have done, Nj. 100; hann gerði þat eina at, er hann átti, he did only what be ought, 220; þeir Flosi sátu um at rengja, ok gátu ekki at gert, F. tried, and could do nothing, 115, 242; þér munut ekki fá at gert, fyrr en …, 139; Flosi ok hans menn fengu ekki at gert, 199; mikit hefir þú nú at gert, much hast thou now done ( it is a serious matter), 85; er nú ok mikit at gert um manndráp siðan, 256; hann vildi taka vöru at láni, ok göra mikit at, and do great things, Ld. 70; Svartr hafði höggit skóg ok gert mikit at, Nj. 53; slíkt gerir at er sölin etr, so it happens with those who eat seaweed, i. e. that (viz. thirst) comes of eating seaweed, Eg. 605.
    β. göra af e-u, to do so and so with a thing; hvat hafið ér gert af Gunnari, Njarð. 376; ráð þú draumana, vera má at vér gerim af nokkut, may be that we may make something out of it, Ld. 126; gör af drauminum slíkt er þér þykkir líkligast, do with the dream ( read it) as seems to thee likeliest, Ísl. ii. 196: göra við e-n, to do with one; þá var um rætt, hvað við þá skyldi göra, what was to be done with them? Eg. 232; ærnar eru sakir til við Egil, hvat sem eg læt göra við hann, 426; eigi veit ek hvat þeir hafa síðan við gört, 574: göra fyrir e-t, to provide; Jón var vel fjáreigandi, ok at öllu vel fyrir gört, a wealthy and well-to-do man, Sturl. iii. 195; þótt Björn sé vel vígr maðr, þá er þar fyrir gört, því at …, but that is made up, because …: fyrir göra (q. v.), to forfeit.
    C. METAPH. AND SPECIAL USAGES:
    I. to do, help, avail; nú skulum vér ganga allir á vald jarlsins, því at oss gerir eigi annat, nothing else will do for us, Nj. 267; þat mun ekki gera, that wont do, 84; en ek kann ekki ráð til at leggja ef þetta gerir ekki, Fms. ii. 326; konungr vill þat eigi, þvi at mér gerir þat eigi ( it will not do for me) at þér gangit hér upp, x. 357; þat gerir mér ekki, at þér gangit á Orminn, … en hitt má vera at mér komi at gagni, ii. 227; þóttisk þá vita, at honum mundi ekki gera ( it would do nothing) at biðja fyrir honum, Fb. i. 565; engum gerði við hann at keppa, 571; ekki gerði þeim um at brjótask, Bárð. 10 new Ed.; sagða ek yðr eigi, at ekki mundi gera at leita hans, Sks. 625; hvat gerir mér nú at spyrja, Stj. 518; ekki gerir at dylja, no use hiding it, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; ætla þat at fáir þori, enda geri engum, Band. 7; bæði var leitað til annarra ok heima, ok gerði ekki, but did no good, 4; hét hann þeim afarkostum, ok gerði þat ekki, but it did no good, Fms. ii. 143.
    II. to send, despatch, cp. the Engl. to ‘do’ a message; hann gerði þegar menn frá sér, Eg. 270; hann hafði gört menn sex á skóginn fyrir þá, 568; þá gerði Karl lið móti þeim, Fms. i. 108; jarl gerði Eirík at leita Ribbunga, ix. 314; hann gerði fram fyrir sik Álf á njósn, 488; hann gerði menn fyrir sér at segja konunginum kvámu sína, x. 10; hleypi-skúta var gör norðr til Þrándheims, vii. 206; jafnan gerði jarl til Ribbunga ok drap menn af þeim, ix. 312; vilja Ósvífrs-synir þegar gera til þeirra Kotkels, despatch them to slay K., Ld. 144; skulu vér nú göra í mót honum, ok láta hann engri njósn koma, 242:—göra eptir e-m, to send after one, Nero bað göra eptir postulunum ok leiða þangat, 656 C. 26; nú verðr eigi eptir gört at miðjum vetri, Grág. i. 421; frændr Bjarnar létu göra eptir (Germ. abholen) líki hans, Bjarn. 69; síðan gerðu þeir til klaustrs þess er jómfrúin var í, Fms. x. 102:—gera e-m orð, njósn, to do a message to one; hann gerði orð jörlum sínum, Eg. 270; ætluðu þeir at göra Önundi njósn um ferðir Egils, 386, 582; vóru þangat orð gör, word was sent thither, Hkr. ii. 228.
    III. with infin. as an auxiliary verb, only in poetry and old prose (laws); ef hón gerði koma, if she did come, Völ. 5; gerðit vatn vægja, Am. 25; gramr gørr-at sér hlífa, he does not spare himself, Hkr. i. (in a verse); gerðut vægjask, id., Fs. (in a verse); hann gerðisk at höggva, Jb. 41; görðir at segja, Bkv. 15; görðisk at deyja, Gkv. 1. 1: in prose, eigi gerir hugr minn hlægja við honum, Fas. i. 122; góðir menn göra skýra sitt mál með sannsögli, 677. 12; Aristodemus görði eigi enn at trúa, Post.: esp. in the laws, ef þeir göra eigi ganga í rúm sín, Grág. i. 8; ef goðinn gerr eigi segja, 32; ef hann gerr eigi í ganga, 33; ef þeir göra eigi hluta meðr sér, 63; ef dómendr göra eigi dæma, 67; ef dómendr göra eigi við at taka, id.; ef goðinn gerr eigi ( does not) nefna féráns-dóm, 94; nú göra þeir menn eigi úmaga færa, 86; ef þeir göra eigi nefna kvöðina af búanum, Kb. ii. 163; ef þeir göra eigi segja, hvárt …, Sb. ii. 52; nú gerr sá eigi til fara, Kb. ii. 96; göra eigi koma, 150; ef hann gerr eigi kjósa, § 113.
    IV. a law term, göra um, or gera only, to judge or arbitrate in a case; fékksk þat af, at tólf menn skyldu göra um málit, Nj. 111; villt þú göra um málit, 21; bjóða mun ek at göra um, ok lúka upp þegar görðinni, 77; mun sá mála-hluti várr beztr, at góðir menn geri um, 88; málin vóru lagið í gerð, skyldu gera um tólf menn, var þá gert um málin á þingi, var þat gert, at … (follows the verdict), 88; vil ek at þú sættisk skjótt ok látir góða menn gera um …, at hann geri um ok enir beztu menn af hvárra liði lögliga til nefndir, 188; Njáll kvaðsk eigi gera mundu nema á þingi, 105; þeir kváðusk þat halda mundu, er hann gerði, id.; skaltú gera sjálfr, 58; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, 120; ek vil bjóðask til at göra milli ykkar Þórðar um mál yðar, Bjarn. 55; Þorsteinn kvað þat þó mundi mál manna, at þeir hefði góða nefnd um sættir þótt hann görði, 56; nú er þegar slegit í sætt málinu með því móti, at Áskell skal göra um þeirra í milli, Rd. 248; er nú leitað um sættir milli þeirra, ok kom svá at þeir skulu göra um málin Þorgeirr goði frá Ljósa-vatni ok Arnórr ór Reykjahlíð, sú var görð þeirra at …, 288; svá kemr at Ljótr vill at Skapti görði af hans hendi, en Guðmundr vill sjálfr göra fyrir sína hönd, skyldi Skapti gerð upp segja, Valla L. 225; eigi hæfir þat, leitum heldr um sættir ok geri Þorgeirr um mál þessi, Lv. 12; var jafnt gört sár Þórðar ok sár Þórodds, Eb. 246; þær urðu mála-lyktir at Þórðr skyldi göra um …, 24; ok vóru þá görvar miklar fésektir, 128; var leitað um sættir, ok varð þat at sætt, at þeir Snorri ok Steindórr skyldi göra um, 212; þit erut gerfir héraðs-sekir sem íllræðis-menn, Fs. 58: göra görð, Sturl. i. 63, 105: adding the fine, to fix the amount, þat er gerð mín, at ek geri verð húss ok matar, I fix the amount of the value of the house and (stolen) stores, Nj. 80; gerði Njáll hundrað silfrs, N. put it at a hundred silver pieces, 58; margir mæltu, at mikit vaeri gert, that the amount was high, id.; slíkt fégjald sem gert var, 120; vilit ér nokkut héraðs-sektir göra eða utanferðir, 189; hann dæmdi þegar, ok görði hundrað silfrs, 6l; síðan bauð Bjarni Þorkatli sætt ok sjálfdæmi, görði Bjarni hundrað silfrs, Vápn. 31; ek göri á hönd Þóri hundrað silfrs, Lv. 55; ek göri á hönd þér hundrað silfrs, id.; vilit þér, at ek göra millum ykkar? síðan görði konungr konuna til handa Þórði ok öll fé hennar, Bjarn. 17; Rafn kvað hann mikit fé annat af sér hafa gört, at eigi þætti honum þat betra, Fs. 30; Gellir görði átta hundrað silfrs, Lv. 97; fyrir þat gerði Börkr hinn digri af honum eyjarnar, B. took the isles from him as a fine, Landn. 123: adding the case as object, Gunnarr gerði gerðina, G. gave judgment in the case, Nj. 80; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, till the other case was decided, 120; þá sætt er hann görði Haraldi jarli, that settlement which he made for earl Harold, Fms. viii. 300: Flosi var görr utan ok allir brennu-menn, F. was put out ( banished) and all the burners, Nj. 251: metaph., nema þau vili annat mál á gera, unless they choose to settle it otherwise, Grág. i. 336.
    2. in the phrase, göra sekð, to make a case of outlawry, Grág. i. 118; eigi um görir sekð manns ella, else the outlawry takes no effect; en hann um görir eigi ella sekðina, else he cannot condemn him, 119.
    3. to perform; eptir-gerðar þeirrar sem hverr nennti framast at gera eptir sinn náung, Fms. viii. 103; en þat grunaði konung, at hann mundi ætla at göra eptir sumar sættir, i. e. that he had some back door to escape by, Orkn. 58 (cp. Ó. H.); allt þat er þér gerit nú fyrir þeirra sálum, id.
    V. special usages, to make allowance for; gera fóðr til fjár, to make an arbitrary allowance for, Ísl. ii. 138; hence, to suppose, en ef ek skal göra til fyrir fram ( suggest) hvat er hón (the code) segir mér, þá segi ek svá, at …, Fms. ix. 331; gera sér í hug, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar-lund, to fancy; göra e-m getsakir, to impute to one; gera orð á e-u, to report a thing; þat er ekki orð á því geranda, ‘tis not worth talking about; eigi þarf orð at göra hjá því (‘tis not to be denied), sjálfan stólkonunginn blindaði hann, Mork. 14 (cp. Fms. vi. 168, l. c.); gera sér létt, to take a thing lightly, Am. 70; göra sér far um, to take pains; göra sér í hug, hugar-lund, to suppose.
    D. IMPERS. it makes one so and so, one becomes; hann görði fölvan í andliti, he turned pale, Glúm. 342; leysti ísinn ok görði varmt vatnið, the water became warm, 623. 34; veðr görði hvast, a gale arose, Eg. 128; hríð mikla gerði at þeim, they were overtaken by a storm, 267; þá gerði ok á hríð (acc.) veðrs, 281; féll veðrit ok gerði logn (acc.), and became calm, 372; görði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high, 600; til þess er veðr lægði ok ljóst gerði, and till it cleared up, 129; um nóttina gerði á æði-veðr ok útsynning, 195; görir á fyrir þeim hafvillur, they lost their course (of sailors), Finnb. 242; mér gerir svefnhöfugt, I grow sleepy, Nj. 264; þá görði vetr mikinn þar eptir hinn næsta, Rd. 248.
    E. REFLEX, to become, grow, arise, and the like; þá görðisk hlátr, then arose laughter, Nj. 15; görðisk bardagi, it came to a fight, 62, 108; sá atburðr görðisk, it came to pass, Fms. x. 279; þau tíðendi er þar höfðu görzt, Ld. 152; gerðisk með þeim félagskapr, they entered into fellowship, Eg. 29; gerðisk svá fallit kaup, Dipl. ii. 10; Sigurðr konungr gerðisk ( grew up to be) ofstopa-maðr …, görðisk mikill maðr ok sterkr, Fms. vii. 238; hann görðisk brátt ríkr maðr ok stjórnsamr, xi. 223; Unnr görðisk þá mjök elli-móð, U. became worn with age, Ld. 12; sár þat er at ben görðisk, a law term, a wound which amounted to a bleeding wound, Nj. passim:—to be made, to become, görask konungr, to become king, Eg. 12; ok görðisk skáld hans, and became his skáld, 13; görðisk konungs hirðmaðr, 27; görask hans eigin-kona, to become his wedded wife, Fms. i. 3; at hann skyldi görask hálf-konungr yfir Dana-veldi, 83; vill Hrútr görask mágr þinn, Nj. 3; hann gerðisk síðan óvarari, he became less cautious, Fms. x. 414.
    2. with the prep. svá, to happen, come to pass so and so; svá görðisk, at …, it so happened, that …, Nj. 167; görðisk svá til, at …, Fms. x. 391; þá görðisk svá til um síðir, at…, at last it came to pass. that …, 392; enda vissi hann eigi, at þingför mundi af görask, in case he knew not that it would entail a journey to parliament, Grág. i. 46: with at added, to increase, þá görðisk þat mjök at um jarl ( it grew even worse with the earl) at hann var úsiðugr um kvenna-far, görðisk þat svá mikit, at …, it grew to such a pitch, that …, Hkr. i. 245; hence the mod. phrase, e-ð á-görist, it increases, gains, advances, esp. of illness, bad habits, and the like, never in a good sense.
    3. impers. with dat., honum gerðisk ekki mjök vært, he felt restless, Ld. 152; næsta gerisk mér kynlegt, I feel uneasy, Finnb. 236.
    4. to behave, bear oneself; Páll görðisk hraustliga í nafni Jesu, Post. 656 C. 13.
    5. to set about doing, be about; fám vetrum síðan görðisk hann vestr til Íslands, Fms. x. 415; maðr kom at honum ok spurði, hvat hann gerðisk, what he was about, Ó. H. 244; görðisk jarl til Ribbunga, Fms. ix. 312, v. l.; tveir menn görðusk ferðar sinnar, two men set out for a journey, x. 279; görðusk menn ok eigi til þess at sitja yfir hlut hans, Eg. 512; at þessir menn hafa görzk til svá mikils stórræðis, Fms. xi. 261; eigi treystusk menn at görask til við hann, Bárð. 160.
    6. (mod.) to be; in such phrases as, eins og menn nú gerast, such as people now are; eins og flestir menn gerast.
    F. PART. PASS. görr, geyrr (Fms. ix. 498, x. 75), gjörr, gerr, as adj., compar. görvari, superl. görvastr; [A. S. gearu; gare, Chaucer, Percy’s Ballads; O. H. G. garwe; Germ. gar]:—skilled, accomplished; vaskligr, at sér görr, Ld. 134; vel at sér görr, Ísl. ii. 326, Gísl. 14; gerr at sér um allt, Nj. 51; hraustir ok vel at sér görvir, Eg. 86; at engi maðr hafi gervari at sér verit en Sigurðr, Mork. 221; allra manna snjallastr í máli ok görvastr at sér, Hkr. iii. 360: the phrase, leggja görva hönd á e-t, to set a skilled hand to work, to be an adept, a master in a thing; svá hagr, at hann lagði allt á görva hönd, Fas. i. 391, (á allt görva hönd, iii. 195.)
    2. ready made, at hand; in the saying, gott er til geyrs (i. e. görs, not geirs) at taka, ‘tis good to have a thing at hand, Hkm. 17; ganga til görs, to have it ready made for one, Ld. 96; gör gjöld, prompt punishment, Lex. Poët.:—with infin., gerr at bjóða, ready to offer, Gh. 17; gervir at eiskra, in wild spirits, Hom. 11; görvar at ríða, Vsp. 24: with gen. of the thing, gerr ílls hugar, prone to evil, Hým. 9; gerr galdrs, prone to sorcery, Þd. 3; skulut þess görvir, be ready for that! Am. 55.
    II. [cp. görvi, Engl. gear], done, dressed; svá görvir, so ‘geared,’ so trussed, Am. 40.
    III. adverb. phrases, so-gurt, at soguru, so done; verða menn þat þó so-gurt at hafa, i. e. there is no redress to be had, Hrafn. 9; hafi hann so-gurt, N. G. L. i. 35, Nj. 141; kvað eigi so-gort duga, 123, v. l.; at (með) so-guru, this done, quo facto, Skv. 1. 24, 40; freq. with a notion of being left undone, re infecta. Germ. unverrichteter sache, Eg. 155, Glúm. 332, Ó. H. 202; enda siti um so-gort, and now let it stand, Skálda 166; við so-gurt, id., 655 vii. 4; á so-gurt ofan, into the bargain, Bs. i. 178, Ölk. 36, Fas. i. 85.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GÖRA

  • 35 HVÁRRGI

    pron. = hvárgi.
    * * *
    or hvárgi, pron. indef.
    A. Forms:—the older form was nom. hvárrgi, Grág. i. 114, ii. 307, Eg. 286, Ísl. ii. 354: neut. nom. and acc. hvártki, or with elided t, hvárki, mod. hvorki, Fms. i. 68, passim: gen. hvárskis, Grág. i. 494, N. G. L. i. 350, Fms. viii. 163, Rd. 292; hvárkis, Sks. 558: dat. m. hvárungi, Grág. i. 10, ii. 266; neut. hvárugi, i. II, 131: acc. m. hvárngi, Grág. (Kb.), see -gi, signif. B, p. 199.
    II. afterwards it changed into a regular adjective, hvárigr, mod. hvorugr, pl. hvárgir, Gþl. 114; but usually uncontracted, and so in mod. usage, hvárugir, Grág. ii. 51, Ísl. ii. 267, Fms. i. 36, viii. 193, Hkr. iii. 243, Sks. 650, passim: dat. sing. fem. hvárugri, Fms. iii. 214, passim: acc. m. pl. hváruga, passim: irreg. and intermediate forms are, acc. masc. sing. hvárngan, Egill tekr því mjök hvárngan veg, Sturl. iii. 99 C, Fms. viii. 88, Thom. 111.
    B. Usage:
    I. neither, of two, Lat. neuter. The old form hvárgi is usually substantival; with gen., hvárrgi or hvártki þeirra, neither of them, Eg. 286, Grág. i. 237; miklu meiri sök en hvárgi hinna var, Sks. 655, passim: with a possess, pron., hvártki okkat, neither of us, Nj. 10: rarely adjectival, hvártki sverðit, Korm. 112: on the other hand, the form hvárigr is used indiscriminately as substantive or adjective; for references see the Sagas passim.
    II. special usages; with annarr, neither … other, hvarigr at öðrum, Landn. 57; hvárigir kunnu öðrum þar tíðendi at segja, Ísl. ii. 349; réð hvárrgi á annan, Lv. 3; svá hvárigr réð at öðrum, Fas. i. 506; sem hvárrgi tryði öðrum, Fms. i. 217; hvárigir skildu annars mál, Fb. i. 545; ok heri hvárigir á aðra, Eg. 282; því at hvárigir vildu öðrum samneyta, Kristnir eða heiðnir, Fms. i. 265.
    III. neut. as adv. hvárki, mod. hvorki; hvárki … né, neither … nor; hvárki til laga né til úlaga, Grág. i. 75; hefir h. heyrt til hans styn né hósta, Nj. 201; ok var málit hvárki sótt ne varit þaðan af, 37, Fms. i. 27, N. G. L. i. 61, Hkr. i. 196, Sturl. iii. 99, 236, Grett. 94 B, Sks. 356, passim; hvárki … né … né, Sks. 157 new Ed.; hvárki … né, … eða, Sks. 365 B, H. E. i. 419; hvárki … eða (less correct), Sks.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HVÁRRGI

  • 36 do

    I 1. transitive verb,
    neg. coll. don't, pres. t. he does, neg. (coll.) doesn't, p.t. did, neg. (coll.) didn't, pres. p. doing, p.p. done
    1) (perform) machen [Hausaufgaben, Hausarbeit, Examen, Handstand]; vollbringen [Tat]; tun, erfüllen [Pflicht]; tun, verrichten [Arbeit]; ausführen [Malerarbeiten]; vorführen [Trick, Striptease, Nummer, Tanz]; durchführen [Test]; aufführen [Stück]; singen [Lied]; mitmachen [Rennen, Wettbewerb]; spielen [Musikstück, Rolle]; tun [Buße]

    do the shopping/washing up/cleaning — einkaufen [gehen]/abwaschen/sauber machen

    do a lot of reading/walking — etc. viel lesen/spazieren gehen usw.

    do a dance/the foxtrot — tanzen/Foxtrott tanzen

    do something to something/somebody — etwas mit etwas/jemandem machen

    what can I do for you? — was kann ich für Sie tun?; (in shop) was darf's sein?

    do something about something/somebody — etwas gegen etwas/jemanden unternehmen

    not know what to do with oneself — nicht wissen, was man machen soll

    that's done it — (caused a change for the worse) das hat das Fass zum Überlaufen gebracht; (caused a change for the better) das hätten wir

    that will/should do it — so müsste es gehen; (is enough) das müsste genügen

    do a Garbo — (coll.) es der Garbo (Dat.) gleichtun

    the car does/was doing about 100 m.p.h./does 45 miles to the gallon — das Auto schafft/fuhr mit ungefähr 160 Stundenkilometer/frisst (ugs.) od. braucht sechs Liter pro 100 Kilometer

    2) (spend)
    3) (produce) machen [Übersetzung, Kopie]; anfertigen [Bild, Skulptur]; herstellen [Artikel, Produkte]; schaffen [Pensum]
    4) (provide) haben [Vollpension, Mittagstisch]; (coll.): (offer for sale) führen
    5) (prepare) machen [Bett, Frühstück]; (work on) machen (ugs.), fertig machen [Garten, Hecke]; (clean) sauber machen; putzen [Schuhe, Fenster]; machen (ugs.) [Treppe]; (arrange) [zurecht]machen [Haare]; fertig machen [Korrespondenz, Zimmer]; (make up) schminken [Lippen, Augen, Gesicht]; machen (ugs.) [Nägel]; (cut) schneiden [Nägel]; schneiden [Gras, Hecke]; (paint) machen (ugs.) [Zimmer]; streichen [Haus, Möbel]; (attend to) sich kümmern um [Bücher, Rechnungen, Korrespondenz]; (repair) in Ordnung bringen
    6) (cook) braten

    well done — durch[gebraten]

    7) (solve) lösen [Problem, Rätsel]; machen [Puzzle, Kreuzworträtsel]
    8) (study, work at) machen; haben [Abiturfach]
    9) (sl.): (swindle) reinlegen (ugs.)
    10) (sl.): (defeat, kill) fertig machen (ugs.)
    11) (traverse) schaffen [Entfernung]
    12) (sl.): (undergo) absitzen, (salopp) abreißen [Strafe]
    13) (coll.): (visit) besuchen
    14) (satisfy) zusagen (+ Dat.); (suffice for, last) reichen (+ Dat.)
    2. intransitive verb, forms as
    1.
    1) (act) tun; (perform) spielen

    you can do just as you like — du kannst machen, was du willst

    do as they do — mach es wie sie

    2) (fare)
    3) (get on) vorankommen; (in exams) abschneiden

    do well/badly at school — gut/schlecht in der Schule sein

    4)

    how do you do? — (formal) guten Tag/Morgen/Abend!

    5) (coll.): (manage)

    how are we doing for time? — wie steht es mit der Zeit od. (ugs.) sieht es mit der Zeit aus?

    6) (serve purpose) es tun; (suffice) [aus]reichen; (be suitable) gehen
    7) (be usable)

    do for or as something — als etwas benutzt werden können

    8) (happen)

    there's nothing doing on the job market — es tut sich nichts auf dem Arbeitsmarkt (ugs.)

    Nothing doing. He's not interested — Nichts zu machen (ugs.). Er ist nicht interessiert. See also academic.ru/21693/doing">doing; done

    3. verb substitute, forms as
    1.
    1) replacing v.: usually not translated
    2) replacing v. and obj. etc

    he read the Bible every day as his father did before him — er las täglich in der Bibel, wie es schon sein Vater vor ihm getan hatte od. wie schon vor ihm sein Vater

    3) as ellipt. aux

    You went to Paris, didn't you? - Yes, I did — Du warst doch in Paris, oder od. nicht wahr? - Ja[, stimmt od. war ich]

    4) with ‘so’, ‘it’, etc

    I knew John Lennon. - So did I — Ich kannte John Lennon. - Ich auch

    I know you from somewhere, don't I? — wir kennen uns doch irgendwoher, nicht?

    4. auxiliary verb
    + inf. as pres. or past, forms as 1.

    you do look glum — du siehst ja so bedrückt aus

    but I tell you, I did see him — aber ich sage dir doch, dass ich ihn gesehen habe

    little did he know that... — er hatte keine Ahnung, dass...

    I don't or do not wish to take part — ich möchte nicht teilnehmen

    5) in neg. commands

    don't or do not expect to find him in a good mood — erwarten Sie nicht, dass Sie ihn in guter Stimmung antreffen

    children, do not forget... — Kinder, vergesst [ja] nicht...

    don't be so noisy! — seid [doch] nicht so laut!

    don't! — tu's/tut's/tun Sie's nicht!

    6) + inf. as imper. for emphasis etc

    do sit down, won't you? — bitte setzen Sie sich doch!

    do be quiet, Paul! — Paul, sei doch mal ruhig!

    Phrasal Verbs:
    II noun
    , pl. dos or do's
    1) (sl.): (swindle) Schwindel, der; krumme Sache (ugs.)
    2) (Brit. coll.): (festivity) Feier, die; Fete, die (ugs.)
    3) in pl.
    * * *
    [du:] 1. 3rd person singular present tense - does; verb
    1) (used with a more important verb in questions and negative statements: Do you smoke?) Hilfsverb in Fragen und bei Verneinung
    2) (used with a more important verb for emphasis; ; [ðo sit down]) Hilfsverb zur Betonung
    3) (used to avoid repeating a verb which comes immediately before: I thought she wouldn't come, but she did.) statt Wiederholung des Verbs
    4) (used with a more important verb after seldom, rarely and little: Little did he know what was in store for him.) bei Inversion
    5) (to carry out or perform: What shall I do?; That was a terrible thing to do.) tun
    6) (to manage to finish or complete: When you've done that, you can start on this; We did a hundred kilometres in an hour.) schaffen
    7) (to perform an activity concerning something: to do the washing; to do the garden / the windows.) machen
    8) (to be enough or suitable for a purpose: Will this piece of fish do two of us?; That'll do nicely; Do you want me to look for a blue one or will a pink one do?; Will next Saturday do for our next meeting?) genügen
    9) (to work at or study: She's doing sums; He's at university doing science.) sich beschäftigen mit
    10) (to manage or prosper: How's your wife doing?; My son is doing well at school.) sich befinden
    11) (to put in order or arrange: She's doing her hair.) herrichten
    12) (to act or behave: Why don't you do as we do?)
    13) (to give or show: The whole town gathered to do him honour.) erweisen
    14) (to cause: What damage did the storm do?; It won't do him any harm.) zufügen
    15) (to see everything and visit everything in: They tried to do London in four days.) erledigen
    2. noun
    (an affair or a festivity, especially a party: The school is having a do for Christmas.) das Fest
    - doer
    - doings
    - done
    - do-it-yourself
    - to-do
    - I
    - he could be doing with / could do with
    - do away with
    - do for
    - done for
    - done in
    - do out
    - do out of
    - do's and don'ts
    - do without
    - to do with
    - what are you doing with
    * * *
    do
    [du:]
    <does, did, done>
    1. (forming question)
    \do you like children? magst du Kinder?
    did he see you? hat er dich gesehen?
    what did you say? was hast du gesagt?
    \do you/ \does he/she indeed [or now]? tatsächlich?
    \do I like cheese? — I love cheese! ob ich Käse mag? — ich liebe Käse!
    Frida \doesn't like olives Frida mag keine Oliven
    I \don't want to go yet! ich will noch nicht gehen!
    I \don't smoke ich rauche nicht
    it \doesn't matter das macht nichts
    \don't [you] speak to me like that! sprich nicht so mit mir!
    \don't be silly sei nicht albern!
    \don't let's argue about it lasst uns deswegen nicht streiten
    \do come to our party ach komm doch zu unserer Party
    may I join you? — please \do! kann ich mitkommen? — aber bitte!
    boy, did he yell! der hat vielleicht geschrieen! fam
    so you \do like beer after all du magst also doch Bier
    you \do look tired du siehst wirklich müde aus
    \do shut up, Sarah halte bloß deinen Mund, Sarah
    \do tell me! sag's mir doch!
    \do I/ \does he/she ever! und ob!
    not only did I speak to her, I even... ich habe nicht nur mit ihr gesprochen, sondern auch...
    little \does she know sie hat echt keine Ahnung; (not yet) sie ahnt noch nichts; ( form)
    never did I hear such a terrible noise noch nie habe ich so ein schreckliches Geräusch gehört
    she runs much faster than he \does sie läuft viel schneller als er
    he said he wouldn't come, but fortunately he did er meinte, dass er nicht kommen würde, aber glücklicherweise tat er es dann doch
    \do you like Chopin? — yes, I \do/no, I \don't mögen Sie Chopin? — ja/nein
    who ate the cake? — I did!/didn't! wer hat den Kuchen gegessen? — ich!/ich nicht!
    I don't like Chinese food — nor [or neither] \do I/I \do ich esse nicht gerne Chinesisch — ich auch nicht/ich schon
    ... so \do I... ich auch
    so you don't like her — I \do! du magst sie also nicht — doch!
    6. (requesting affirmation)
    you don't understand the question, \do you? Sie verstehen die Frage nicht, stimmt's?
    you do understand what I mean, \don't you? du verstehst [doch], was ich meine, oder?
    7. (expressing surprise)
    so they really got married, did they? dann haben sie also wirklich geheiratet!
    <does, did, done>
    ▪ to \do sth etw tun [o machen]
    what shall I \do now? was soll ich jetzt machen?
    just \do it! mach's einfach!
    what are you \doing over the weekend? was machst du am Wochenende?
    haven't you got anything better to \do? hast du nichts Besseres zu tun?
    justice must be done Gerechtigkeit muss sein
    he \does nothing but complain er beklagt sich echt den ganzen Tag lang fam
    what have you done to her? was hast du mit ihr gemacht?
    what are these toys \doing here? was macht das [ganze] Spielzeug hier?
    what's the front door \doing open? warum steht die Haustür offen?
    what on earth are you \doing [there]! was um alles in der Welt machst du denn da?
    I'm sorry, it simply can't be done before next weekend tut mir leid, aber vor dem nächsten Wochenende geht es einfach nicht
    that was a stupid thing to \do das war dumm!
    what have you done with my coat? wo hast du meinen Mantel hingetan?
    to \do one's best sein Bestes tun [o geben]
    to \do business with sb mit jdm Geschäfte machen fam
    to \do lunch esp AM auswärts zu Mittag essen
    to \do nothing of the sort nichts dergleichen tun
    ▪ to \do sth with sb/oneself etw mit jdm/sich anfangen
    what am I going to \do with myself while you are away? was soll ich nur die ganze Zeit machen, wenn du nicht da bist
    3. (help)
    ▪ to \do sth for sb etw für jdn tun
    what can I \do for you? was kann ich für Sie tun?
    you never \do anything for me! du tust nie was für mich!
    can you \do anything for my bad back, doctor? können Sie was gegen meine Rückenbeschwerden tun, Herr Doktor?
    these pills have done nothing for me diese Pillen haben mir überhaupt nicht geholfen
    4. (use for)
    ▪ to \do sth with sth etw mit etw dat tun
    what are you going to \do with that hammer? was hast du mit dem Hammer vor?
    what should we \do with this box? was sollen wir mit dieser Kiste machen?
    5. (job)
    to \do sth for a living mit etw dat seinen Lebensunterhalt verdienen
    what \does your mother \do? was macht deine Mutter beruflich?
    6. (take action)
    ▪ to \do sth about sth etw gegen etw akk tun
    I know I drink too much, but I can't \do anything about it ich weiß, dass ich zu viel trinke, aber ich kann nichts dagegen tun
    what is to be done about that? was kann man dagegen tun?
    \don't just stand there, \do something! stehen Sie doch nicht nur so rum, tun Sie was!
    ▪ to \do sth etw machen [o erledigen]
    if you \do the washing up,... wenn du abspülst,...
    let me \do the talking überlass mir das Reden
    today we're going to \do Chapter 4 heute beschäftigen wir uns mit Kapitel 4
    I found someone to \do the garden wall ich habe jemanden gefunden, der die Gartenmauer bauen wird
    to \do one's homework [seine] Hausaufgaben machen
    to \do the shopping einkaufen
    8. (learn)
    ▪ to \do sth:
    have you ever done any Chinese? hast du jemals Chinesisch gelernt?
    Diane did History at London University Diane hat an der London University Geschichte [im Hauptfach] studiert
    ▪ to \do sth riddle etw lösen
    to \do a crossword ein Kreuzworträtsel lösen [o fam machen]
    can you \do this sum for me? kannst du das für mich zusammenrechnen?
    10. ( fam: finish)
    are you done? bist du jetzt fertig? fam
    ▪ to \do sth for sb [or sb sth] etw für jdn machen
    can you \do me 20 photocopies of this report? kannst du mir diesen Bericht 20-mal abziehen?
    12. (tidy)
    to \do the dishes das Geschirr abspülen [o SCHWEIZ abwaschen]
    to \do one's nails (varnish) sich dat die Nägel lackieren; (cut) sich dat die Nägel schneiden
    to \do one's shoes seine Schuhe putzen
    to \do one's teeth sich dat die Zähne putzen
    to \do a bow tie eine Schleife binden
    to \do flowers Blumen arrangieren
    to get one's hair done zum Friseur [o SCHWEIZ Coiffeur] gehen
    where \do you get your hair done? zu welchem Friseur gehst du?
    ▪ to \do sth etw besichtigen
    to \do India eine Indienreise machen
    to \do Nice sich dat Nizza ansehen
    15. AUTO
    to \do 100 km/h 100 fahren fam
    16. (travel)
    to \do Paris to Bordeaux in five hours in fünf Stunden von Paris nach Bordeaux fahren
    ▪ to \do sb jdm genügen
    that'll \do me nicely, thank you das reicht mir dicke, danke! fam
    I only have diet cola — will that \do you? ich habe nur Diätcola — trinkst du die auch?
    ▪ to \do sth:
    this pub only \does food at lunchtime in diesem Pub gibt es nur zur Mittagszeit etwas zu essen
    \do you \do travel insurance as well? bieten Sie auch Reiseversicherungen an?
    sorry, we \don't \do hot meals tut mir leid, bei uns gibt es nur kalte Küche
    19. (cook)
    to \do the cooking kochen
    how long should the carrots be done for? wie lange müssen die Karotten kochen?
    could you \do me something without fish? könntest du mir etwas ohne Fisch kochen?
    20. (cause)
    ▪ to \do sb sth jdm etw tun
    to \do sb a favour jdm einen Gefallen tun
    to \do sb good jdm gut tun
    it would \do you good to get some fresh air es würde dir gut tun, etwas frische Luft zu schnappen
    to \do sb harm jdm schaden; see also credit, honour, justice
    ▪ to \do sb jdn drannehmen
    but he said he'd \do me next aber er sagte, dass ich als Nächste drankäme!
    22. (treat well)
    to \do sb well jdn verwöhnen
    to \do oneself well es sich dat gutgehen lassen
    23. (act)
    ▪ to \do sth play etw aufführen
    to \do a role eine Rolle spielen
    who did James Bond before Roger Moore? wer hat James Bond vor Roger Moore gespielt?
    ▪ to \do sb/sth jdn/etw nachmachen
    he \does a brilliant Churchill er kann Churchill wunderbar nachmachen; ( fig)
    I hope she won't \do a Mary and get divorced six months after her wedding ich hoffe, sie macht es nicht wie Mary und lässt sich sechs Monate nach ihrer Hochzeit wieder scheiden
    25. ( fam sl: rob)
    ▪ to \do sth in etw dat einen Bruch machen sl
    26. ( fam: cheat)
    ▪ to \do sb jdn übers Ohr hauen fam
    he did me for a thousand quid for that car er hat mir einen Tausender für das Auto abgeknöpft
    27. ( fam: be in jail)
    to \do 5 years [for sth] [wegen einer S. gen] fünf Jahre sitzen
    if you're not careful, you'll end up \doing time again wenn du nicht vorsichtig bist, musst du wieder sitzen
    28. esp BRIT ( fam: punish)
    ▪ to \do sb jdn fertigmachen fam
    to get done for sth (by the police) wegen einer S. gen von der Polizei angehalten werden; (by a court) für etw akk verurteilt werden
    29. ( fam: take drugs)
    ▪ to \do sth:
    how long have you been \doing heroin? wie lange nimmst du schon Heroin?
    30. (translate)
    to be done into French/German book ins Französische/Deutsche übersetzt worden sein
    to \do a translation übersetzen
    31. (exhaust)
    this last climb has really done me diese letzte Tour hat mir wirklich den Rest gegeben
    32. ( fam: impress)
    sth \does nothing for sb etw reißt jdn nicht gerade vom Hocker fam
    Bach has never done anything for me Bach hat mich noch nie sonderlich vom Hocker gerissen fam
    that film really did something to me dieser Film hat mich wirklich beeindruckt; (excite sexually)
    you really \do something to me, you know du machst mich echt an, weißt du [das] fam
    ▪ to \do it with sb mit jdm schlafen euph
    how old were you when you first did it? wie alt warst du bei deinem ersten Mal?
    34. (don't mention)
    \don't good morning me! komm mir nicht mit guten Morgen!
    35.
    ▶ what's done is done ( saying) was passiert ist, ist passiert
    ▶ that \does it! so, das war's jetzt!
    ▶ that's done it! jetzt haben wir die Bescherung! fam
    <does, did, done>
    1. (behave)
    to \do right [or the right thing] das Richtige tun
    to \do well to do sth gut daran tun, etw zu tun
    to \do as one pleases tun, was einem Spaß macht
    \do as I \do mach's wie ich fam
    \do as you're told tu, was man dir sagt
    sb is \doing badly/fine [or all right] [or well] jdm geht es schlecht/gut
    mother and baby are \doing well Mutter und Kind sind wohlauf
    how is your mother \doing? wie geht es deiner Mutter?
    how is Mary \doing in her new job? wie geht es Mary in ihrem neuen Job?
    you could \do better du könntest besser sein; (perform) du könntest es besser machen
    George has done well for himself George hat es für seine Verhältnisse weit gebracht
    our daughter is \doing well at school unsere Tochter ist gut in der Schule
    to be \doing well out of sth erfolgreich mit etw dat sein
    3. ( fam: finish)
    have you done? bist du fertig?
    have you done with those scissors yet? brauchst du die Schere noch?
    I haven't done with you yet ich bin noch nicht fertig mit dir
    4. (be acceptable, suffice) passen, in Ordnung sein
    that'll \do das ist o.k. so
    will £10 \do? reichen 10 Pfund?
    this kind of behaviour just won't \do! so ein Verhalten geht einfach nicht an!
    do you think this will \do for a blanket? glaubst du, das können wir als Decke nehmen?
    that'll \do as a cushion das geht [erstmal] als Kissen
    this will \do just fine as a table das wird einen guten Tisch abgeben
    this will have to \do for a meal das muss als Essen genügen
    will this room \do? ist dieses Zimmer o.k. für Sie?
    it doesn't \do to criticize your parents seine Eltern kritisiert man nicht
    will it \do if I get those books to you by Friday? reicht es, wenn ich dir die Bücher bis Freitag bringe?
    we'll make \do with $100 100 Dollar müssen reichen
    that will never \do das geht einfach nicht
    ▪ to \do [for sb] sich akk [für jdn] eignen
    5. ( fam: happen)
    this town is so boring — there's never anything \doing diese Stadt ist so langweilig — nie tut sich was
    6.
    ▶ it isn't done BRIT es ist nicht üblich
    ▶ how \do you \do? ( form or dated: as introduction) angenehm
    ▶ \do unto others as you would they should \do unto you ( prov) was du nicht willst, das man dir tut, das füg auch keinem andern zu prov
    ▶ what's \doing? ( fam) was ist los?
    ▶ that will \do jetzt reicht's aber!
    IV. NOUN
    1. esp BRIT, AUS ( fam: party) Fete f fam
    a big \do eine Riesenfete fam
    2. BRIT (sl: swindle) Schwindel m fam
    fair \dos gleiches Recht für alle
    4. AM (sl)
    that's some \do you've got! das ist ja eine Frisur, die du da hast!
    5. no pl (droppings)
    dog \do Hundehäufchen nt
    6. (allowed, not allowed)
    the \dos and \don'ts was man tun und was man nicht tun sollte
    * * *
    I [dəʊ]
    n (MUS)
    Do nt II [duː] vb: pret did, ptp done
    1. AUXILIARY VERB
    There is no equivalent in German to the use of do in questions, negative statements and negative commands.
    1)

    interrogative, negative do you understand? — verstehen Sie?

    you know him, don't you? — Sie kennen ihn doch?, Sie kennen ihn (doch), oder?

    you don't know him, do you? — Sie kennen ihn also nicht, oder?

    he does understand, doesn't he? —

    he didn't go, did he? — er ist (doch) nicht gegangen, oder?

    3)

    substitute for another verb you speak better German than I do — Sie sprechen besser Deutsch als ich

    he doesn't like cheese and neither do I — er mag keinen Käse und ich auch nicht

    I don't like cheese but he does — ich mag keinen Käse, aber er schon

    they said he would go and he did — sie sagten, er würde gehen und das tat er (dann) auch

    4)

    in tag responses do you see them often? – yes, I do/no, I don't — sehen Sie sie oft? – ja/nein

    do you serve food? – yes, we do — gibts bei Ihnen Essen? – ja

    you didn't go, did you? – yes, I did — Sie sind nicht gegangen, oder? – doch

    they speak French – oh, do they? — sie sprechen Französisch – ja?, ach, wirklich or tatsächlich?

    they speak German – do they really? — sie sprechen Deutsch – wirklich?

    may I come in? – do! — darf ich hereinkommen? – ja, bitte

    shall I open the window? – no, don't! — soll ich das Fenster öffnen? – nein, bitte nicht!

    who broke the window? – I did — wer hat das Fenster eingeschlagen? – ich

    5)

    DO shut up! (esp Brit) — (nun) sei doch (endlich) ruhig!

    do tell him that... (esp Brit) —

    well do I remember him! — und ob ich mich an ihn erinnere!

    it's very expensive, but I DO like it — es ist zwar sehr teuer, aber es gefällt mir nun mal

    2. TRANSITIVE VERB
    1) tun, machen

    I've done a stupid thing —

    sorry, it's impossible, it can't be done — tut mir leid, (ist) ausgeschlossen, es lässt sich nicht machen

    can you do it by yourself? —

    to do the housework/one's homework —

    who did the choreography/the cover design? we'll have to get someone to do the roof — wer hat die Choreografie/den Umschlagentwurf gemacht? wir müssen jemanden bestellen, der das Dach macht (inf)

    to do one's hair — sich frisieren, sich (dat) die Haare (zurecht)machen (inf)

    to do one's nails — sich (dat) die Nägel schneiden or (varnish) lackieren

    to do one's teeth (Brit) — sich (dat) die Zähne putzen

    to do the dishes — spülen, den Abwasch machen

    he knows it's a mistake but he can't do anything about it — er weiß, dass es ein Fehler ist, aber er kann nichts dagegen machen or daran ändern

    we'll have to do something about this/him — wir müssen da/wir müssen mit ihm etwas tun or unternehmen

    do something for me, will you... shut up — tu mir bloß den (einen) Gefallen und halt den Mund

    I've done everything I can — ich habe alles getan, was ich kann

    he does nothing but complain — er nörgelt immer nur, er tut nichts als nörgeln (inf)

    well, do what you can — mach or tu (eben), was du kannst

    what do I have to do to get through to him? — was muss ich tun, um zu ihm durchzukommen?

    how do you do it? — wie macht man das?; (in amazement) wie machen Sie das bloß? __diams; that's done it (inf) so, da haben wirs!, da haben wir die Bescherung! (inf) __diams; that does it! jetzt reichts mir!

    2)

    as job, profession what does your father do? — was macht Ihr Vater (beruflich)?

    3)

    = provide service, product what can I do for you? — was kann ich für Sie tun?; (by shop assistant) was darfs sein?

    sorry, we don't do lunches — wir haben leider keinen Mittagstisch

    we do a wide range of herbal teas —

    we only do one style of gloves (= sell) (= produce) — wir haben or führen nur eine Sorte Handschuhe wir stellen nur eine Sorte Handschuhe her

    4)

    = complete, finish in pret, ptp only the work's done now — die Arbeit ist gemacht or getan or fertig

    what's done cannot be undone — was geschehen ist, kann man nicht ungeschehen machen

    5) = study, cover durchnehmen, haben
    6) COOK machen (inf)
    7) = solve lösen; sum, crossword, puzzle etc lösen, machen
    8) = take customer drannehmen

    the barber said he'd do me next — der Friseur sagte, er würde mich als Nächsten drannehmen

    9) Theat, Film part spielen
    10) = take off, mimic nachmachen
    11) = visit, see sights of city, country, museum besuchen, abhaken (inf)
    12) AUT ETC fahren, machen (inf)
    13)

    = treat (Brit inf) they do you very well at that hotel — in dem Hotel ist man gut untergebracht or aufgehoben

    they do you very well at that restaurant — in dem Restaurant isst man sehr gut __diams; to do oneself well es sich (dat) gut gehen lassen

    14) = be suitable for inf passen (sb jdm); (= be sufficient for) reichen (sb jdm)
    15) = cheat inf übers Ohr hauen (inf), reinlegen (inf)

    I was done for £80 — mit £ 80 hat man mich ganz schön übers Ohr gehauen (inf)

    16) = burgle inf einbrechen in (+acc)

    the office was done last night — im Büro ist gestern Nacht ein Bruch gemacht worden (sl)

    17)

    = hurt Brit inf I'll do you! — dir besorg ichs noch! (inf)

    18)

    = tire out (inf) I'm absolutely done (in)! — ich bin völlig geschafft or erledigt or fertig (all inf)

    19) = take inf drugs nehmen
    20) in prison inf 6 years etc sitzen, abreißen (inf)
    21)

    = translate (old, liter) done into (the) English by... — ins Englische übertragen von...

    3. INTRANSITIVE VERB
    1)

    = act do as I do — mach es wie ich

    he did well to take advice — er tat gut daran, sich beraten zu lassen

    he did right — er hat richtig gehandelt, es war richtig von ihm

    he did right/well to go — es war richtig/gut, dass er gegangen ist

    2)

    = get on, fare how are you doing? — wie gehts (Ihnen)?

    I'm not doing so badly — es geht mir gar nicht so schlecht

    when my uncle died I did quite well — als mein Onkel starb, bin ich ganz gut dabei weggekommen __diams; how do you do? (on introduction) guten Tag/Abend!, angenehm! (form) __diams; what's doing? (inf) was ist los?

    3) = be suitable gehen

    this room will do — das Zimmer geht (inf) or ist in Ordnung

    will it do if I come back at 8? — geht es, wenn ich um 8 Uhr zurück bin?

    it doesn't do to keep a lady waiting —

    will she/it do? — geht sie/das?

    4) = be sufficient reichen

    can you lend me some money? – will £10 do? —

    yes, that'll do — ja, das reicht

    you'll have to make do with £10 — £ 10 müssen Ihnen reichen, Sie werden mit £ 10 auskommen müssen __diams; that'll do! jetzt reichts aber!

    4. NOUN (Brit inf)
    1) = event Veranstaltung f, Sache f (inf); (= party) Fete f (inf)
    2) = swindle (Brit) Schwindel m
    3) = hairdo esp US Frisur f, Schnitt m
    5. dosPLURAL NOUN
    * * *
    do1 [duː; unbetont dʊ; də] prät did [dıd], pperf done [dʌn], 3. sg präs does [dʌz; unbetont dəz]
    A v/t
    1. tun, machen:
    what can I do (for you)? was kann ich (für Sie) tun?, womit kann ich (Ihnen) dienen?;
    do sth for sb etwas für jemanden erledigen;
    what does he do? was macht er beruflich?, was ist er von Beruf?;
    are you doing anything tonight? hast du heute Abend (schon) etwas vor?;
    do sth about etwas tun gegen;
    what is to be done ( oder to do)? was ist zu tun?, was soll geschehen?;
    if it were to do again wenn es noch einmal getan werden müsste;
    you can’t do this to me! das kannst du nicht mit mir machen!;
    you couldn’t do that to me! das kannst du mir (doch) nicht antun!;
    what have you done to my suit? was haben Sie mit meinem Anzug gemacht?;
    he promised to do sth er versprach, etwas zu unternehmen;
    he does not know what to do with his time er weiß nicht, was er mit seiner Zeit anfangen soll;
    do sth together etwas gemeinsam oder zusammen unternehmen;
    don’t do anything I wouldn’t do hum bleib sauber!; → do with
    2. tun, ausführen, vollbringen, Arbeiten verrichten, Verbrechen begehen:
    do one’s lessons SCHULE seine (Haus)Aufgaben machen;
    he did all the writing er hat alles allein geschrieben;
    he did all the talking er führte die Unterhaltung ganz allein, auch ich bin überhaupt nicht zu Wort gekommen;
    let me do the talking lass mich sprechen;
    it can’t be done es geht nicht, es ist undurchführbar;
    the machine does the rest die Maschine erledigt den Rest;
    the storm did a lot of material damage der Sturm richtete großen Sachschaden an;
    do you think he did it? glaubst du, dass er es getan hat oder dass er es war?; → done B 1, B 2
    3. tätigen, machen: → business A 3, A 13
    4. tun, leisten, vollbringen:
    do one’s best sein Bestes tun, sich alle Mühe geben
    5. anfertigen, herstellen, ein Kunstwerk etc auch schaffen:
    do a portrait ein Porträt malen;
    do a translation eine Übersetzung machen oder anfertigen
    6. jemandem etwas (an)tun, zufügen, erweisen: → favor B 2, good A 1, A 2, harm A 1, honor B 1, etc
    7. einbringen: → credit A 5
    8. erzielen, erreichen:
    I did it! ich habe es geschafft!;
    now you have done it! iron nun hast du es glücklich geschafft!
    9. sich beschäftigen mit, arbeiten an (dat)
    10. Speisen zubereiten, besonders kochen oder braten
    11. in Ordnung bringen, z. B.
    a) das Geschirr abwaschen: → dish A 1 c
    b) das Zimmer aufräumen, machen umg
    12. herrichten, dekorieren, schmücken
    13. (her)richten:
    she is having her nails done sie lässt sich maniküren;
    he had his teeth done er ließ sich die Zähne richten; → face A 1, hair Bes Redew
    14. a) eine Fremdsprache etc lernen
    b) einen Autor etc durchnehmen, behandeln
    15. eine Aufgabe lösen
    16. obs übersetzen, -tragen ( beide:
    into German ins Deutsche)
    17. a) eine Rolle etc spielen, einen Charakter darstellen:
    do Othello den Othello spielen;
    do the polite den höflichen Mann spielen oder markieren;
    do the host den Gastgeber spielen
    b) nachahmen:
    18. zurücklegen, machen, schaffen umg:
    they did 20 miles sie legten 20 Meilen zurück;
    the car does 100 m.p.h. der Wagen fährt 160 km/h
    19. umg besichtigen, die Sehenswürdigkeiten besichtigen von (oder gen):
    do Rome in three days Rom in drei Tagen besichtigen oder umg machen
    20. umg genügen (dat):
    21. umg erschöpfen, erledigen umg:
    they were pretty well done sie waren am Ende (ihrer Kräfte)
    22. umg
    a) jemanden erledigen, fertigmachen:
    I’ll do him in three rounds
    b) drannehmen (Friseur etc):
    I’ll do you next, sir
    23. sl reinlegen, übers Ohr hauen, anschmieren:
    do sb out of sth jemanden um etwas erleichtern oder betrügen oder bringen; → brown A
    24. sl eine Strafe abbrummen:
    he did two years in prison er hat zwei Jahre abgerissen;
    he did three months for theft er saß drei Monate wegen Diebstahls
    25. umg
    a) bewirten
    b) unterbringen:
    they do you very well here hier werden Sie gut bewirtet; hier sind Sie gut untergebracht
    26. behandeln: → well1 A 1
    27. bringen (obs außer in):
    do to death töten, umbringen
    28. sl einen Bruch machen in (dat), einbrechen in (akk oder dat), ein Auto etc aufbrechen
    29. umg bumsen (schlafen mit)
    B v/i
    1. handeln, vorgehen, tun, sich verhalten:
    the premier would do wisely to resign der Premier würde klug handeln oder wäre gut beraten, wenn er zurückträte; → well1 A 1, A 2
    2. (tätig) handeln, wirken:
    do or die kämpfen od untergehen;
    it’s do or die now! jetzt gehts ums Ganze!
    3. weiter-, vorankommen:
    a) vorwärtskommen, Erfolge haben ( beide:
    with bei, mit), gut abschneiden (in bei, in dat),
    b) gut gedeihen (Getreide etc)( → B 4, B 5);
    do better sich verbessern
    4. Leistungen vollbringen:
    a) seine Sache gut machen,
    b) viel Geld verdienen ( → B 3, B 5);
    he did better than expected er schnitt besser als erwartet ab;
    his son is doing well at school seinem Sohn geht es in der Schule gut
    5. sich befinden:
    a) gesund sein,
    b) in guten Verhältnissen leben,
    c) sich gut erholen ( → B 3, B 4);
    how do you do? guten Tag! (bei der Vorstellung)
    6. auskommen, zurande kommen
    7. genügen, (aus)reichen, passen, dem Zweck entsprechen oder dienen:
    that will (not) do das genügt oder reicht (nicht);
    it will do tomorrow es hat Zeit bis morgen;
    we’ll make it do wir werden schon damit auskommen
    8. angehen, recht sein, sich schicken, passen:
    that won’t do!
    a) das geht nicht (an)!,
    b) das wird nicht gehen!;
    it won’t do to be rude mit Grobheit kommt man nicht weit(er), man darf nicht unhöflich sein
    9. (im pprerfect) aufhören:
    have done! hör auf!, genug (davon)!;
    let us have done with it! hören wir auf damit!; → done B 5
    C Ersatzverb zur Vermeidung von Wiederholungen v/t & v/i tun (bleibt meist unübersetzt):
    he treats his children as I do my dogs er behandelt seine Kinder wie ich meine Hunde;
    you know it as well as I do du weißt es so gut wie ich;
    he sang better than he had ever done before er sang besser, als (er) je zuvor (gesungen hatte);
    she likes cats. so do I ich auch;
    he does not work hard, does he? er arbeitet nicht viel, nicht wahr?;
    he works hard, doesn’t he? er arbeitet viel, nicht wahr?;
    did he buy it? he did ja(wohl);
    do you understand? I don’t nein;
    he sold his car. did he? wirklich?, so?;
    I wanted to go there, and I did so ich wollte hingehen und tat es auch
    do you know him? kennen Sie ihn?
    I do not believe it ich glaube es nicht;
    do not go there gehen Sie nicht hin!;
    don’t tun Sie es nicht!, lassen Sie das!
    I do apologize tut mir wirklich leid;
    you do ask questions du stellst vielleicht Fragen;
    do sit down nehmen Sie doch bitte Platz;
    I do like it mir gefällt es wirklich;
    but I do see it! aber ich sehe es doch!;
    I did see it, but ich sah es wohl oder zwar, aber;
    do try to understand it versteh das doch;
    be quiet, do sei doch still!
    4. iron I do enjoy a quiet evening at home es geht doch nichts über einen ruhigen Abend zu Hause
    rarely does one see such things solche Dinge sieht man (nur) selten
    do2 [duː] pl dos, do’s [duːz] s
    1. sl Schwindel m, Gaunerei f
    2. besonders Br umg Fete f, Feier f
    3. fair do’s!
    a) sei nicht unfair!,
    b) gleiches Recht für alle!
    4. pl umg Gebote pl:
    do’s and don’ts Gebote und Verbote, (Spiel)Regeln
    do3 [dəʊ] s MUS do n (Solmisationssilbe)
    * * *
    I 1. transitive verb,
    neg. coll. don't, pres. t. he does, neg. (coll.) doesn't, p.t. did, neg. (coll.) didn't, pres. p. doing, p.p. done
    1) (perform) machen [Hausaufgaben, Hausarbeit, Examen, Handstand]; vollbringen [Tat]; tun, erfüllen [Pflicht]; tun, verrichten [Arbeit]; ausführen [Malerarbeiten]; vorführen [Trick, Striptease, Nummer, Tanz]; durchführen [Test]; aufführen [Stück]; singen [Lied]; mitmachen [Rennen, Wettbewerb]; spielen [Musikstück, Rolle]; tun [Buße]

    do the shopping/washing up/cleaning — einkaufen [gehen]/abwaschen/sauber machen

    do a lot of reading/walking — etc. viel lesen/spazieren gehen usw.

    do a dance/the foxtrot — tanzen/Foxtrott tanzen

    do something to something/somebody — etwas mit etwas/jemandem machen

    what can I do for you? — was kann ich für Sie tun?; (in shop) was darf's sein?

    do something about something/somebody — etwas gegen etwas/jemanden unternehmen

    not know what to do with oneself — nicht wissen, was man machen soll

    that's done it — (caused a change for the worse) das hat das Fass zum Überlaufen gebracht; (caused a change for the better) das hätten wir

    that will/should do it — so müsste es gehen; (is enough) das müsste genügen

    do a Garbo — (coll.) es der Garbo (Dat.) gleichtun

    the car does/was doing about 100 m.p.h./does 45 miles to the gallon — das Auto schafft/fuhr mit ungefähr 160 Stundenkilometer/frisst (ugs.) od. braucht sechs Liter pro 100 Kilometer

    3) (produce) machen [Übersetzung, Kopie]; anfertigen [Bild, Skulptur]; herstellen [Artikel, Produkte]; schaffen [Pensum]
    4) (provide) haben [Vollpension, Mittagstisch]; (coll.): (offer for sale) führen
    5) (prepare) machen [Bett, Frühstück]; (work on) machen (ugs.), fertig machen [Garten, Hecke]; (clean) sauber machen; putzen [Schuhe, Fenster]; machen (ugs.) [Treppe]; (arrange) [zurecht]machen [Haare]; fertig machen [Korrespondenz, Zimmer]; (make up) schminken [Lippen, Augen, Gesicht]; machen (ugs.) [Nägel]; (cut) schneiden [Nägel]; schneiden [Gras, Hecke]; (paint) machen (ugs.) [Zimmer]; streichen [Haus, Möbel]; (attend to) sich kümmern um [Bücher, Rechnungen, Korrespondenz]; (repair) in Ordnung bringen
    6) (cook) braten

    well done — durch[gebraten]

    7) (solve) lösen [Problem, Rätsel]; machen [Puzzle, Kreuzworträtsel]
    8) (study, work at) machen; haben [Abiturfach]
    9) (sl.): (swindle) reinlegen (ugs.)
    10) (sl.): (defeat, kill) fertig machen (ugs.)
    11) (traverse) schaffen [Entfernung]
    12) (sl.): (undergo) absitzen, (salopp) abreißen [Strafe]
    13) (coll.): (visit) besuchen
    14) (satisfy) zusagen (+ Dat.); (suffice for, last) reichen (+ Dat.)
    2. intransitive verb, forms as
    1.
    1) (act) tun; (perform) spielen

    you can do just as you like — du kannst machen, was du willst

    3) (get on) vorankommen; (in exams) abschneiden

    do well/badly at school — gut/schlecht in der Schule sein

    4)

    how do you do? — (formal) guten Tag/Morgen/Abend!

    5) (coll.): (manage)

    how are we doing for time? — wie steht es mit der Zeit od. (ugs.) sieht es mit der Zeit aus?

    6) (serve purpose) es tun; (suffice) [aus]reichen; (be suitable) gehen

    do for or as something — als etwas benutzt werden können

    Nothing doing. He's not interested — Nichts zu machen (ugs.). Er ist nicht interessiert. See also doing; done

    3. verb substitute, forms as
    1.
    1) replacing v.: usually not translated
    2) replacing v. and obj. etc

    he read the Bible every day as his father did before him — er las täglich in der Bibel, wie es schon sein Vater vor ihm getan hatte od. wie schon vor ihm sein Vater

    3) as ellipt. aux

    You went to Paris, didn't you? - Yes, I did — Du warst doch in Paris, oder od. nicht wahr? - Ja[, stimmt od. war ich]

    4) with ‘so’, ‘it’, etc

    I knew John Lennon. - So did I — Ich kannte John Lennon. - Ich auch

    I know you from somewhere, don't I? — wir kennen uns doch irgendwoher, nicht?

    4. auxiliary verb
    + inf. as pres. or past, forms as 1.

    but I tell you, I did see him — aber ich sage dir doch, dass ich ihn gesehen habe

    little did he know that... — er hatte keine Ahnung, dass...

    I don't or do not wish to take part — ich möchte nicht teilnehmen

    5) in neg. commands

    don't or do not expect to find him in a good mood — erwarten Sie nicht, dass Sie ihn in guter Stimmung antreffen

    children, do not forget... — Kinder, vergesst [ja] nicht...

    don't be so noisy! — seid [doch] nicht so laut!

    don't! — tu's/tut's/tun Sie's nicht!

    6) + inf. as imper. for emphasis etc

    do sit down, won't you? — bitte setzen Sie sich doch!

    do be quiet, Paul! — Paul, sei doch mal ruhig!

    Phrasal Verbs:
    II noun
    , pl. dos or do's
    1) (sl.): (swindle) Schwindel, der; krumme Sache (ugs.)
    2) (Brit. coll.): (festivity) Feier, die; Fete, die (ugs.)
    3) in pl.
    * * *
    v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: did, done)
    = ausführen v.
    tun v.
    (§ p.,pp.: tat, getan)

    English-german dictionary > do

  • 37 GOÐ

    * * *
    n. pl. [all the Teutonic languages have this word in common; Ulf. guþa, n. pl., Gal. iv. 8; guda, id., John x. 34, 35; and Guþ, m.; A. S. godu, n. pl., and God, m.; O. H. G. Cot: in mod. languages masc.; Engl. God; Germ. Gott; Dan.-Swed. Gud].
    A. HISTORICAL REMARKS.—In heathen times this word was neuter, and was used almost exclusively in plur., as were also other words denoting Godhead, e. g. regin or rögn = numina, q. v.; and bönd, höpt, prop. = bonds, and metaph. gods:—this plur. usage seems not to refer to a plurality of gods, but rather, as the Hebrew אלהים, to the majesty and mystery of the Godhead; it points to an earlier and purer faith than that which was current in the later ages of the Scandinavian heathendom; thus the old religious poem Völuspá distinguishes a twofold order of gods,—the heavenly powers (regin or ginn-heilög goð) who had no special names or attributes, and who ruled the world, like the Μοιρα or Αισα of Gr. mythology;—and the common gods who were divided into two tribes, Æsir ( Ases) and Vanir, whose conflict and league are recorded in Vsp. 27, 28, and Edda 47.
    II. after the introduction of Christianity, the masculine gender (as in Greek and Latin) superseded the neuter in all Teutonic languages, first in Gothic, then in Old High German and Anglo-Saxon, and lastly in the Scandinavian languages; but neither in Gothic nor in Icel. did the word ever take the masc. inflexive r or s, so that it remains almost unique in form.
    2. in Scandinavian the root vowel was altered from o to u (goð to guð), [Swed.-Dan. gud], yet in old poems of the Christian age it is still made to rhyme with o, Goðs, boðnum; Goð, roðnar, Sighvat; as also in the oldest MSS. of the 12th century; sometimes however it is written ḡþ, in which case the root vowel cannot be discerned.
    3. in Icel. the pronunciation also underwent a change, and the g in Guð ( God) is now pronounced gw (Gwuð), both in the single word and in those proper names which have become Christian, e. g. Guðmundr pronounced Gwuðmundr, whence the abbreviated form Gvendr or Gvöndr. The old form with o is still retained in obsolete words, as goði, goðorð, vide below, and in local names from the heathen age, as Goð-dalir; so also Gormr (q. v.), which is contracted from Goð-ormr not Guð-ormr. On the other hand, the Saxon and German have kept the root vowel o.
    III. in old poems of heathen times it was almost always used without the article; gremdu eigi goð at þér, Ls.; áðr vér heilög goð blótim, Fas. i. (in a verse); ginnheilög Goð, Vsp. passim; goðum ek þat þakka, Am. 53; með goðum, Alm.; in prose, en goð hefna eigi alls þegar, Nj. 132.
    2. with the article goð-in, Vsp. 27: freq. in prose, um hvat reiddusk goðin þá er hér brann hraunit er nú stöndu vér á, Bs. i. (Kr. S.) 22; eigi eru undr at goðin reiðisk tölum slíkum, id.; Hallfreðr lastaði eigi goðin, þó aðrir menn hallmælti þeim, Fms. ii. 52; allmikin hug leggr þú á goðin, Fs. 94; eigi munu goðin þessu valda, Nj. 132, passim.
    3. very seldom in sing., and only if applied to a single goddess or the like, as Öndor-goðs (gen.), Haustl. 7; Vana-goð, of Freyja, Edda; enu skírleita goði, of the Sun, Gm. 39.
    IV. after the introduction of Christianity, the neut. was only used of false gods in sing. as well as in pl., Sólar-goð = Apollo, Orrostu-goð = Mars, Drauma-goð = Morpheus, Bret. (Verel.); and was held up for execration by the missionaries; gör þik eigi svá djarfa, at þú kallir goð hinn hæsta konung er ek trúi á, Fb. i. 371. Yet so strongly did the neut. gender cleave to the popular mind that it remains (Grág. Kb. i. 192) in the oath formula, goð gramt = Goð gramr; and Icel. still say, í Guðanna (pl.) bænum.
    2. guðír, masc. pl., as in A. S. gudas, is freq. in eccl. writers, but borrowed from the eccl. Lat.
    B. IN COMPDS:
    I. with nouns, goða-blót, n. sacrifice to the gods, Fb. i. 35. goða-gremi, f. a term in the heathen oath, wrath of the gods, Eg. 352. goða-heill, f. favour of the gods, Þorst. Síðu H. 9. goða-hús, n. a house of gods, temple, Dropl. 11, Nj. 131, Fb. i. 337. goða-stallar, m. pl. the altar in temples, Fas. i. 454. goða-stúka, u, f. the sanctuary in heathen temples, answering to the choir or sanctuary in churches, Landn. 335 (App.) goða-tala, u, f. in the phrase, í goðatölu, in the tale ( list) of gods, 625. 41. goð-borinn, part. διογενής, god-born, Hkv. 1. 29. goð-brúðr, f. bride of the gods (the goddess Skaði), Edda (in a verse). Goð-dalir, m. pl. a local name, hence Goð-dælir, m. pl. a family, Landn. goð-gá, f. blasphemy against the gods, Nj. 163, Ld. 180. goð-heimr, m. the home of the gods, Stor. 20, cp. Ýt. goð-konungr, m. (cp. Gr. διογενής βασιλεύς), a king,—kings being deemed the offspring of gods, Ýt. goð-kunnigr and goð-kyndr, adj. of the kith of gods, Edda 6, 11, 13. goð-lauss, adj. godless, a nickname, Landn. goð-lax, m. a kind of salmon, Edda (Gl.) goð-leiðr, adj. loathed by the gods, Korm. goð-máligr, adj. skilled in the lore of the gods, Hým. 38. goð-mögn, n. pl. divine powers, deities, Edda 1; biðja til þinna goðmagna, Bret. (Verel.) goð-reið, f. ‘a ride of gods’ through the air, a meteor, thought to forebode great events, Glúm. (in a verse), cp. the Swed. åska. goð-rifi, n. scorn of the gods, Sks. 435. goð-rækr, adj. ‘god-forsaken,’ wicked, 623. 30. goðum-leiðr, adj. = goðleiðr, Landn. (in a verse). goð-vargr, m. a ‘god-worrier,’ sacrilegus, ‘lupus in sanctis,’ Bs. i. 13 (in a verse). goð-vefr, vide guðvefr. goð-vegr, m. the way of the gods, the heaven, the sky, Hdl. 5. Goð-þjóð, f. the abode of the gods, Vsp.:—but Goth. Gut-þjuda = the land of the Goths, by assimilation Goð-þjóð, passim in old poems and the Sagas.
    II. with pr. names, originally Goð-, later and mod. Guð-; of men, Guð-brandr, Guð-laugr, Guð-leifr, Guð-mundr, Guð-röðr, Guð-ormr or Gutt-ormr, etc.; of women, Guð-björg, Guð-finna, Guð-laug, Guð-leif, Guð-ný, Guð-ríðr, Guð-rún, etc.; cp. the interesting statement in Eb. (App.) 126 new Ed. (from the Hauks-bók), that men of the olden time used to call their sons and daughters after the gods (Goð-, Þór-, Frey-, Ás-); and it was thought that a double (i. e. a compound) name gave luck and long life, esp. those compounded with the names of gods; menn höfðu mjök þá tvau nöfn, þótti þat likast til langlífis ok heilla, þótt nokkurir fyrirmælti þeim við goðin, þá mundi þat ekki saka, ef þeir ætti eitt nafn, though any one cursed them by the gods it would not hurt if they had ‘one’ name, i. e. if they were the namesakes of the gods, Eb. l. c.;—we read ‘eitt nafn’ for ‘eitt annat nafn’ of the Ed. and MS. In Fb. i. 23, the mythical king Raum is said to have had three sons, Alf, Björn, and Brand; the first was reared by the Finns, and called Finn-Alf; Björn by his mother (a giantess), and called Jötun-Björn; and Brand was given to the gods, and called Goð-Brand (Guð-brandr, whence Guðbrands-dalir, a county in Norway); cp. also Eb. ch. 7.
    ☞ For the Christian sense of God and its compds vide s. v. Guð.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GOÐ

  • 38 _любов і ненависть

    absence makes the heart grow fonder absence sharpens love, presence strengthens it against love and fortune there is no defense all is fair in love and war better a dinner of herbs where love is than a stalled ox where hate is better to be an old man's darling, than a young man's slave a blow from a lover is as sweet as eating raisins the course of true love never did run smooth the falling out of lovers is the renewing of love faults are thick where love is thin follow love and it will flee; flee love and it will follow you friendship often ends in love, but love in friendship never the greatest hate comes from the greatest love hate twins to love hatred is blind, as well as love the hatred of the nearest relatives is the most bitter he who loves well will never forget it is better to have loved and lost than never to have loved at all it is gold that greases the wheel of love love all, trust few love and a cough cannot be hid love can neither be bought nor sold, its only price is love love cannot be compelled love conquers all love cures coquetry love cures the very wound it makes love is blind love is a friendship set afire love is the master of all arts love is the mother of love love is never without jealousy love is the reward of love love me, love my dog love takes away the sight, and matrimony restores it love will creep where it may not go the love light goes out when the gas bill comes in the memory of a great love is kept green forever no herb will cure love old love burns low when new love breaks old love does not rust out of sight, out of mind pity is akin to love the same wind which extinguishes a small love kindles a great one unlucky in love, lucky at play we hate those whom we have wronged when love is greatest, words are fewest when poverty comes in at the door, love flies out at the window we always hurt the ones we love

    English-Ukrainian dictionary of proverbs > _любов і ненависть

  • 39 Senefelder, Alois

    SUBJECT AREA: Paper and printing
    [br]
    b. 6 November 1771 Prague, Bohemia (now Czech Republic)
    d. 26 February 1834 Munich, Germany
    [br]
    German inventor of lithography.
    [br]
    Soon after his birth, Senefelder's family moved to Mannheim, where his father, an actor, had obtained a position in the state theatre. He was educated there, until he gained a scholarship to the university of Ingolstadt. The young Senefelder wanted to follow his father on to the stage, but the latter insisted that he study law. He nevertheless found time to write short pieces for the theatre. One of these, when he was 18 years old, was an encouraging success. When his father died in 1791, he gave up his studies and took to a new life as poet and actor. However, the wandering life of a repertory actor palled after two years and he settled for the more comfortable pursuit of playwriting. He had some of his work printed, which acquainted him with the art of printing, but he fell out with his bookseller. He therefore resolved to carry out his own printing, but he could not afford the equipment of a conventional letterpress printer. He began to explore other ways of printing and so set out on the path that was to lead to an entirely new method.
    He tried writing in reverse on a copper plate with some acid-resisting material and etching the plate, to leave a relief image that could then be inked and printed. He knew that oily substances would resist acid, but it required many experiments to arrive at a composition of wax, soap and charcoal dust dissolved in rainwater. The plates wore down with repeated polishing, so he substituted stone plates. He continued to etch them and managed to make good prints with them, but he went on to make the surprising discovery that etching was unnecessary. If the image to be printed was made with the oily composition and the stone moistened, he found that only the oily image received the ink while the moistened part rejected it. The printing surface was neither raised (as in letterpress printing) nor incised (as in intaglio printing): Senefelder had discovered the third method of printing.
    He arrived at a workable process over the years 1796 to 1799, and in 1800 he was granted an English patent. In the same year, lithography (or "writing on stone") was introduced into France and Senefelder himself took it to England, but it was some time before it became widespread; it was taken up by artists especially for high-quality printing of art works. Meanwhile, Senefelder improved his techniques, finding that other materials, even paper, could be used in place of stone. In fact, zinc plates were widely used from the 1820s, but the name "lithography" stuck. Although he won world renown and was honoured by most of the crowned heads of Europe, he never became rich because he dissipated his profits through restless experimenting.
    With the later application of the offset principle, initiated by Barclay, lithography has become the most widely used method of printing.
    [br]
    Bibliography
    1911, Alois Senefelder, Inventor of Lithography, trans. J.W.Muller, New York: Fuchs \& Line (Senefelder's autobiography).
    Further Reading
    W.Weber, 1981, Alois Senefelder, Erfinder der Lithographie, Frankfurt-am-Main: Polygraph Verlag.
    M.Tyman, 1970, Lithography 1800–1950, London: Oxford University Press (describes the invention and its development; with biographical details).
    LRD

    Biographical history of technology > Senefelder, Alois

  • 40 m|ieć

    impf (mam, masz) Ⅰ vt 1. (posiadać) (na własność) to have (got), to own [dom, samochód, mikrofalówkę]; (do dyspozycji) to have (got); (prowadzić) to run [firmę, warsztat]
    - mają dom na wsi they have a. own a house in the country
    - miał po ojcu warsztat samochodowy he had a. owned a garage left to him by his father
    - nasze muzeum ma dużą kolekcję impresjonistów our museum has (got) a large collection of Impressionist paintings
    - mam dla ciebie prezent/tę książkę o kotach I’ve got a present/that book about cats for you
    - miał wszystkiego dwie pary butów he only had two pairs of shoes
    - ubrała się w to, co miała she put on what she had
    - nie mam psa I don’t have a. I haven’t got a dog
    - nie mamy ani telewizora, ani pralki we have neither a TV nor a washing machine
    - wydawnictwo nie ma funduszy na zatrudnienie specjalisty the publishers can’t afford to employ a specialist
    - nie mam nic do jedzenia I’ve got nothing to eat, I don’t have anything to eat
    - czy oni mają namiot? have they got a tent?, do they have a tent?
    - masz scyzoryk? have you got a penknife?
    - czy ma pan bagaż? have you got any luggage?
    - czy macie gaz? have you got gas?
    - mieć coś przy sobie to have sth on one
    - masz przy sobie jakieś drobne? have you got any change on you?
    - gdzie masz klucze/moją książkę? what have you done with the keys/my book?
    - gdzie masz rower? where’s your bike? pot.
    - mieć na coś to have money for sth
    - miałem tylko na jedno piwo I only had for one beer
    - (on) ma na przyjemności, a nie ma na lekarza he has money to spend on pleasures, but he can’t afford a doctor
    - nie miał na nowe buty, a co dopiero na samochód he couldn’t afford a pair of new shoes, let alone a car
    - mieć za co coś zrobić to have enough money to do sth, to be able to afford to do sth
    - nie mieli za co wyjechać na wakacje they didn’t have enough to go on holiday, they couldn’t afford to go on holiday
    - nie mają z czego żyć they don’t have enough to live on
    - jak masz na imię? what’s your name?
    - mam na imię Maria my name’s Maria
    - (on) ma na nazwisko Nowak his (sur)name is Nowak
    - mieć coś na sobie to have sth on, to be wearing sth
    - miał (na sobie) granatowy garnitur he had a blue suit on, he was wearing a blue suit
    - na głowie miała kapelusz, na szyi biały szalik she had a hat on her head and a white scarf round her neck
    - mieć kogoś u siebie (gościć) to have sb staying with one
    - od tygodnia mamy u siebie teściów we’ve had my in-laws (staying) with us for the past week
    - jeśli Legia wygra, mam u ciebie piwo! you owe me a beer if Legia win(s)
    - masz!/macie! (weź/weźcie) here!
    - macie kanapki, jedzcie! here’s the sandwiches, eat up! pot.
    - masz, włóż to na siebie! here, put this on!
    - (a) masz! (zadając razy) take that!
    - (a) masz za to, że kłamiesz, a masz, a masz! (and) take that for lying! and that! and that! pot.
    - masz za swoje! (dobrze ci tak) serves you right!
    - ma za swoje, że jest taki naiwny it serves him right for being so naive
    - mamy teraz za swoje dobre serce! that’s the thanks we get for being nice a. for all our kindness!
    - masz ci (los) a. masz tobie! blast (it)! pot., damn (it)! pot.
    - masz ci los, zapomniałam parasola! blast, I’ve forgotten my umbrella!
    - masz go/ją/ich! (wyrażające zaskoczenie) just look at him/her/them!
    - masz go, jaki mądrala! look at him, Mr Clever Dick! GB pot.
    2. (liczyć sobie) to be
    - mieć dwadzieścia lat to be twenty (years old)
    - ile ona ma lat? how old is she?
    - mieć dwa metry wzrostu/wysokości to be two metres tall/high
    - mieć sześć metrów głębokości/szerokości/długości to be six metres deep/wide/long
    - pokój ma sześć metrów na pięć the room is six by five metres
    - dom będzie miał siedem pięter the house will be seven storeys high a. will have seven storeys
    - kilometr ma tysiąc metrów one kilometre is a thousand metres
    3. (posiadać jako cechę) to have (got)
    - pokój ma dwa okna the room has two windows
    - miał niebieskie oczy/siwe włosy he had blue eyes/grey hair
    - miała dziurawe buty she had holes in her shoes
    - kubek ma wyszczerbiony brzeg the mug’s rim is chipped
    - miała męża Włocha/inżyniera her husband was Italian/an engineer
    - mieć talent/cierpliwość/odwagę to have talent/patience/courage
    - nie mieć talentu/cierpliwości/odwagi to lack talent/patience/courage
    - mieć takt/rozsądek to be tactful/sensible
    - mieć (swoje) wady i zalety to have one’s good and bad points
    - zasłony mają kolor wiśni the curtains are cherry red in colour
    - działka ma kształt prostokąta a. prostokątny the allotment is rectangular (in shape)
    - jej perfumy miały słodkawy zapach/zapach konwalii her scent was sweet smelling/smelled of lily of the valley
    - urodę miała po matce, a talent po ojcu her looks came from her mother and her talent from her father
    - za całe umeblowanie pokój miał zdezelowany stół the only piece of furniture in the room was a rickety table
    - mieć w sobie coś (być interesującym) to have a certain something
    - on ma w sobie coś z dziecka/roztargnionego profesora there is something of the child/the absent-minded professor in a. about him
    - nie mieć nic do czegoś to have nothing to do with sth
    - jej wyjazd nie ma nic do naszych planów her going away has nothing to do with our plans
    - marzenia mają to do siebie, że rzadko się spełniają the thing about dreams is that they rarely come true
    - miała to do siebie, że zawsze się spóźniała the thing about her was that she was always late
    4. (o stanie fizycznym i psychicznym) to have [grypę, gruźlicę, trudności]; to feel [ochotę, żal]; to have, to bear [urazę]
    - mieć gorączkę a. temperaturę to have a. be running a temperature
    - mieć 39° gorączki to have a temperature of 39 degrees
    - mieć złamaną nogę to have a broken leg
    - mieć częste bóle głowy to have frequent headaches
    - mieć pragnienie to be thirsty
    - mieć dobry apetyt to have a good a. hearty appetite
    - mieć wadę a. defekt to have a defect
    - mieć gumę pot. (w samochodzie) to have a flat pot.
    - mam nadzieję, że… I hope that…
    - mieć ochotę coś zrobić to feel like doing sth
    - miała ochotę płakać she felt like crying
    - mieć przekonanie/pewność, że… to be convinced/sure a. certain that…
    - mieć kogoś/czegoś dość a. dosyć to have had enough of sb/sth, to be fed up with sb/sth
    - mam tego powyżej uszu a. po dziurki w nosie! pot. I’ve had it up to here! pot.
    - mieć coś wypisane w oczach a. na czole a. na twarzy to have sth written all over one’s face
    - miała winę wypisaną na twarzy she had guilt written all over her face
    5. (o relacjach między ludźmi) to have [syna, córkę, przyjaciół, wrogów]
    - to dziecko nie ma matki/ojca this boy/girl has no mother/father
    - ona nie ma rodzeństwa she has no brothers or sisters
    - ona będzie miała dziecko she’s going to have a. she’s expecting a baby
    - miała z nim dwóch synów she had two sons by him
    - miał za żonę piekielnicę his wife was a real she-devil a. spitfire
    - nie miał do kogo zwrócić się o pomoc he had no-one to turn to for help
    - mieć kogoś przy sobie a. obok siebie a. przy boku to have sb at one’s side
    - mieć kogoś/coś na uwadze a. na względzie to have sb/sth in mind, to take sb/sth into consideration
    - mieć z kimś porachunki to have a bone to pick with sb
    - mieć kogoś/coś przeciwko sobie to have sb/sth against one
    - miał przeciwko sobie opinię publiczną public opinion was against him
    - mieć przyjemność/zaszczyt coś zrobić książk. to have the pleasure/honour to do a. of doing sth
    - miałem zaszczyt poznać pańskich rodziców I had the honour of meeting your parents
    - mam przyjemność przedstawić państwu naszego gościa I have the pleasure of introducing our guest
    - z kim mam przyjemność? książk. to whom do I have the honour of speaking? książk., także iron.
    - mieć coś/nie mieć nic przeciwko komuś/czemuś to have something/nothing against sb/sth
    - mieć coś do kogoś pot. to have something against sb
    - do ciebie nic nie mam I’ve got nothing against you
    - mieć coś na kogoś to have the goods a. the dope on sb pot.
    - niczego na mnie nie mają they’ve got nothing on me pot.
    - mam z nią do pomówienia a. pogadania I need to have a (serious) talk with her
    - mieć kogoś nad sobą to have sb above one
    - kierownik ma nad sobą dyrektora, a dyrektor – zarząd the manager answers to the director and the director answers to the board
    - mieć kogoś pod sobą to be in charge of sb
    - (ona) ma pod sobą dwudziestu pracowników she’s in charge of a staff of twenty
    - kapral miał pod sobą dziesięciu żołnierzy the corporal had ten men under his command a. under him
    - mieć kogoś za sobą (być popieranym) to have sb behind one, to have sb’s backing
    - mieli za sobą większość the majority was a. were behind them, they had the majority behind them
    - mieć kogoś za głupca to take sb for a fool
    - ich zachowanie mam za nieco naiwne I consider their behaviour rather naive
    - za kogo pan mnie ma! who do you take me for!, who do you think I am!
    - mieć w kimś rywala/sojusznika to have a rival/an ally in sb
    - mieć kogoś pot. (być związanym z kimś) to have somebody, to be involved with somebody
    - chwalił się, że miał je wszystkie pot. (odbył stosunek) he boasted of having had them all pot.
    - płacą tak dużo, że mogą mieć każdego they pay so much they can take on a. hire anyone they like
    6. (znajdować się w jakiejś sytuacji) to have (got) [długi, posadę, połączenie]
    - mam dobrą komunikację do pracy I’ve got good connections to work
    - centrum miasta ma dobrą komunikację z przedmieściami there are good connections from the city centre to the suburbs
    - mieć słuszność a. rację to be right
    - mieć ciepło/przytulnie to be warm/cosy
    - owinęła dziecko szalem, żeby miało ciepło she put a scarf round the baby to keep him/her warm
    - mam daleko/blisko do szkoły I have a long way/I don’t have far to go to school
    - ty to masz dobrze, nie musisz wstawać o siódmej it’s alright for you, you don’t have to get up at seven (a.m.)
    - mieliśmy tu wczoraj burzę/śnieżycę we had a storm/snowstorm here yesterday
    - mamy dziś słoneczną pogodę it’s sunny today
    - mam dziś kiepski dzień I’m having one of those days (today)
    - kłopotów z nim miałam co niemiara I’ve had no end of trouble with him
    - co ja z tobą mam? what am I to do with you?
    - jest całkiem młoda, chciałaby jeszcze mieć coś z życia she’s still very young, she’d like to get something out of life pot.
    - (on) haruje od świtu do nocy i co z tego ma? he slaves away from morning to night, and what does he have to show for it?
    - miał przed sobą kilka godzin marszu he had several hours of walking ahead of a. in front of him
    - miała przed sobą trudną rozmowę z szefem she had a difficult conversation with the boss ahead of her
    - mieć przed sobą przyszłość to have a (bright) future ahead of a. before one
    - miał przed sobą karierę he had a brilliant career ahead of a. in front of him
    - mieć coś za a. poza sobą to have sth behind one
    - ma za sobą trzyletnie doświadczenie he has three years’ experience behind him
    - mam już to wszystko za sobą all that is behind me now
    - mam co robić, nie nudzę się I’ve got things to do, I don’t sit around
    - nie mieć gdzie mieszkać/spać to have nowhere to live/sleep
    - nie mam gdzie przenocować I have nowhere to spend the night
    - nie mieć kiedy spać/jeść/odpocząć to not have time to sleep/eat/relax
    - nie mają kiedy w ścianach wiercić, tylko w niedzielę! of course, they have to drill holes in the wall on a Sunday!
    - mieć czas to have time (coś zrobić to do sth)
    - nie miałem czasu zająć się twoją sprawą I didn’t have time to deal with your problem
    - na napisanie wypracowania macie godzinę you have an hour to write the essay
    - nie miałeś mi tu kogo przyprowadzić!? why did you have to bring him/her/them here (of all people)?!
    - mieć coś/nie mieć nic do powiedzenia (dużo/mało wiedzieć) to have something/nothing to say (na temat kogoś/czegoś about sb/sth)
    - mieć coś/nie mieć nic do powiedzenia a. gadania pot. (o decydującym głosie) to have a say/no say
    - ona nie ma w tej sprawie nic do powiedzenia a. gadania she has no say in the matter
    - nie mamy już sobie nic więcej do powiedzenia we’ve got nothing more to say to each other
    - mieć zły/dobry czas Sport to have a poor/good a. fast time
    - mieć pierwsze/dziesiąte miejsce Sport to come first/tenth, to be in first/tenth place
    - mam z nią wielką wygodę, sprząta, robi mi zakupy she’s a great help to me: she cleans and does my shopping
    - nie masz co narzekać you’ve got nothing to complain about
    - nie masz co się denerwować there’s no reason (for you) to get upset
    - nie masz czego a. co żałować, film był kiepski you didn’t miss much: the film was hopeless
    - w domu nie masz co się pokazywać you’d better not show your face at home pot.
    7. (brać udział) to have [zebranie, koncert, egzamin, próbę]
    - (on) ma teraz naradę ze swym zastępcą he’s in conference at the moment with his deputy
    - mieć sprawę a. proces to be on trial (o coś/o zrobienie czegoś for sth/for doing sth)
    - ma sprawę a. proces o zabójstwo/spowodowanie wypadku samochodowego he’s on trial for murder/causing a car accident
    8. (ukończyć etap nauki) to have, to hold [dyplom, tytuł]
    - mieć studia a. wyższe wykształcenie to have completed higher education
    - mój ojciec miał tylko cztery klasy my father only did four years at school
    - miał już zawód i mógł rozpocząć samodzielne życie he’d completed his training and could now start his own life
    - miał dwa fakultety he had graduated in two subjects
    9. (znaleźć się w określonym miejscu lub czasie) wreszcie mamy stację here’s the station at last
    - mamy drugi tydzień zimy it’s the second week of winter
    - którego dziś mamy? what’s the date today?
    - mamy dziś pierwszy stycznia/poniedziałek it’s January the 1st/Monday today
    - którą masz godzinę? what time do you make it? pot.; what’s the time by your watch?
    - mieć kogoś/coś po prawej/lewej stronie to have sb/sth on one’s right/left
    - miał przed/za sobą dwóch strażników he had a. there were two guards in front of him/behind him
    Ⅱ v aux. 1. (dla wyrażenia powinności) macie teraz spać you’re to a. you have to (get off to) sleep now
    - masz to zrobić natychmiast! you’re to do it right now!
    - co mam zrobić/jej powiedzieć? what am I (supposed) to do/tell her?
    - po co się mam wysilać? why should I bother?, why should I make the effort?
    - masz tego nikomu nie powtarzać! (and) don’t go repeating a. telling it to anyone!
    - i ja mam w to uwierzyć? and you/they want me to a. I’m supposed to believe that?
    - mieć coś do zrobienia to have sth to do
    - ma obowiązek do spełnienia s/he has a duty to perform
    - mam sprawę do załatwienia I’ve got something to sort out
    - mamy zaległości do odrobienia we’ve got a backlog of work to catch up on
    2. (zamiar, przewidywanie) (ona) ma przyjść o drugiej she’s expected (to come) at two
    - miano zburzyć ich dom their house was to be demolished
    - samolot miał wylądować w Warszawie, ale… the plane was supposed to land a. have landed in Warsaw, but…
    - podobno jutro ma być ładna pogoda it’s supposed to be good a. nice weather tomorrow
    - w pozostałej części kraju ma nadal padać in the rest of the country continuing rain is expected
    - miała umrzeć w nędzy w wieku czterdziestu lat she was to die in poverty at the age of forty
    - przyszłość miała pokazać, że się myli subsequent events were to prove him/her wrong
    - jak się miało okazać as things a. it turned out; as it transpired książk.
    - i co ja mam z tobą zrobić? what am I (supposed) to do with you?
    - jeśli mielibyśmy się nie zobaczyć przed twoim wyjazdem, baw się dobrze in case we don’t see each other before you leave, have a good time
    - niech się stanie, co się ma stać let things happen as they will
    - właśnie miałem wyjść, kiedy zadzwonił telefon I was just about to leave a. just on the point of leaving when the phone rang
    - właśnie miałam powiedzieć to samo I was just about to a. just going to say the same thing
    - czy mam przez to rozumieć, że… am I to understand (by that) that…
    - mieć coś do sprzedania/zaproponowania to have sth to sell/propose
    - choćby a. żeby nie wiem co się miało stać, (to)… no matter what happens a. might happen…
    - choćbym a. żebym miał pęknąć a. trupem paść pot. even if it kills me pot.
    3. (rezultat) mieć coś zrobione to have sth done
    - mam już napisaną pracę I’ve already written the essay
    - miał ukończone wyższe studia he had been to university/college
    - czy macie załatwione bilety? have you booked/got the tickets?
    - pieniądze mam dobrze schowane I’ve put the money in a safe place
    - mam obiecaną podwyżkę I’ve been promised a rise
    - miał przykazane trzymać język za zębami he was a. he’d been told to keep his mouth shut pot.
    4. (zdziwienie, rozczarowanie) ja miałbym to powiedzieć? I said that?!
    - ona miałaby mi się podobać? you think I find her attractive?
    - miałbyś sumienie to zrobić? could you do (something like) that (with a clear conscience)?
    - to ma być hotel czterogwiazdkowy? (z dezaprobatą) and you/they call this a. this is supposed to be a four-star hotel?!
    - ten grubas to miałbym być ja!? (z niedowierzaniem) is this/that fatso really me? pot.
    - pokazał nam skórę tygrysa, którego miał upolować w Afryce (z powątpiewaniem) he showed us the skin of a tiger, which he is supposed to have killed in Africa
    Ⅲ mieć się 1. (być w stanie, położeniu) to be; (czuć się) to feel, to be
    - ciotka wyzdrowiała i ma się dobrze auntie has recovered and is doing well
    - jak się mają twoi rodzice? how are your parents?
    - jak się masz! (powitanie) how are you?; how’s it going? pot.
    - mam się dzisiaj lepiej I feel better today
    - sprawy mają się nieźle things are working out (quite) well
    - jak się rzeczy mają? how do things stand?
    - rzecz ma się tak, że… the thing is that…
    - jak te dwie wersje mają się do siebie? how do the two versions compare?
    - jak to się ma jedno do drugiego? how do the two compare?
    - teoria nijak się miała do praktyki the theory was (completely) divorced from practice
    - A tak się ma do B, jak C do D a. A i B tak się mają do siebie, jak C i D A is to B like C is to D
    - mieli się do siebie jak dzień do nocy they were like chalk and cheese
    2. (uważać się za) to think a. consider oneself
    - mieć się za artystę/człowieka honoru to consider oneself (to be) an artist/a man of honour
    - (on) ma się za Bóg wie co pot. he thinks he’s God (almighty) pot.
    - miała się za bliską śmierci she thought she was about to a. going to die
    3. (być bliskim) mieć się ku końcowi to be drawing to a close a. an end
    - miało się a. dzień miał się ku zachodowi it was getting towards sunset
    - sytuacja ma się ku lepszemu the situation is looking better
    - ma się na deszcz it looks like rain
    - miało się na burzę a storm was brewing, there was thunder in the air
    - wiedzieć, jak się rzeczy mają to know how things stand a. are
    Ⅳ ma Fin. (zapis księgowy) credit
    - winien i ma debit and credit
    - zapisać coś po stronie „ma” to enter sth on the credit side
    Ⅴ mam! inter. (przypomniałem sobie) I’ve got it!
    - (już) mam! mieszkaliśmy na tej samej ulicy! I’ve got it! we used to live in the same street!
    - mam cię! a. tu cię mam! (złapałem cię, przyłapałem cię) I’ve got you!; got you! pot.
    - mam cię, już mi nie uciekniesz! got you, you won’t get away now!
    Ⅵ nie ma być
    ■ ma się rozumieć a. wiedzieć! it a. that goes without saying!
    - ma się rozumieć, że przyjdę of course I’ll come
    - mieć głowę a. łebpot. (na karku a. nie od parady) to have a good head on one’s shoulders
    - on to ma łeb! he’s no fool!
    - mieć głowę do interesów to have a good head for business
    - nie mam teraz do tego głowy I don’t want to think about it/that now
    - mieć kogoś/coś w nosiepot. a. gdzieśeuf. a. w głębokim poważaniueuf. to not care a damn about sb/sth pot.; to not give a monkey’s about sb/sth pot., euf.
    - mam to wszystko gdzieś! pot. to hell with it all! pot.
    - mieć kogoś/coś w dupie wulg. to not give a shit a. toss GB about sb/sth wulg.
    - sie masz! pot. (powitanie) hi! pot.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > m|ieć

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Neither Here Nor There (Fringe) — Neither Here Nor There Fringe episode The new amber tinted title sequence, featuring new terms such as Viral therapy , Philosopher s …   Wikipedia

  • New Testament — • Jesus Christ uses the words new testament as meaning the alliance established by Himself between God and the world, and this is called new as opposed to that of which Moses was the mediator Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. New… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • New Latin — Latinitas nova Linnaeus s Systema Naturae is a famous New Latin text. Spoken in …   Wikipedia

  • Old Coast Road — Length 96 km (60 mi) …   Wikipedia

  • New Revised Standard Version — Full name: New Revised Standard Version Abbreviation: NRSV Complete Bible published: 1989 Textual basis …   Wikipedia

  • Old Parliament House, Canberra — Old Parliament House as viewed from the front …   Wikipedia

  • Old Bess (beam engine) — Old Bess, as now preserved in the Science Museum, London Old Bess is an early beam engine built by the partnership of Boulton and Watt. The engine was constructed in 1777 and worked until 1848.[1] …   Wikipedia

  • NEW LEFT — NEW LEFT, the wave of left wing radicalism, which attracted many students and other young people in the U.S. and in Western Europe especially in the late 1960s. It had no consistent doctrine and embraced various ideologies, from the Maoist… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Old Church Slavonic — словѣньскъ ѩзꙑкъ slověnĭskŭ językŭ Spoken in formerly in Slavic areas, under the influence of Byzantium (both Catholic and Orthodox) Region Eastern Europe Era …   Wikipedia

  • New Jersey locations by per capita income — New Jersey is one of the wealthiest states in the United States of America, with a per capita income of $27,006 (2000) and a personal per capita income of $40,427 (2003). Its median household income is $55,146 (2000), ranked first in the country …   Wikipedia

  • New York Islanders — 2011 12 New York Islanders season Conference …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»